Virginia Regulatory Town Hall

Final Text

highlight

Action:
Update the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code
Stage: Final
 
13VAC5-63-10

Part I
Construction

13VAC5-63-10. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General.

A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, Part I, Construction, may be cited as the Virginia Construction Code. The term "USBC" shall mean the Virginia Construction Code unless the context in which the term is used clearly indicates it to be an abbreviation for the entire Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code or for a different part of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code.

Note: This code is also known as the 2009 edition of the USBC due to the use of the 2009 editions of the model codes. ]

B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 35 of the 2006 2009 International Building Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated by reference to be an enforceable part of the USBC. The term "IBC" means the 2006 2009 International Building Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc. Any codes and standards referenced in the IBC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes and standards are used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference. In addition, any provisions of the appendices of the IBC specifically identified to be part of the USBC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by reference.

Note 1: The IBC references the whole family of International Codes including the following major codes:

2006 2009 International Plumbing Code

2006 2009 International Mechanical Code

2005 2008National Electrical Code NFPA 70 ]

2006 2009 International Fuel Gas Code

2006 2009 International Energy Conservation Code

2006 2009 International Residential Code

Note 2: The International Residential Code is applicable to the construction of detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses as set out in Section 310.

C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is used in the USBC to correlate the numbering system of the Virginia Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IBC. IBC numbering system designations are provided in the catchlines of the Virginia Administrative Code sections. Cross references between sections or chapters of the USBC use only the IBC numbering system designations. The term "chapter" is used in the context of the numbering system of the IBC and may mean a chapter in the USBC, a chapter in the IBC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on the context of the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly indicated.

D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The USBC is comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1, Administration, which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC, which are incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IBC that are specifically identified. The terminology "changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IBC that are specifically identified" shall also be referred to as the "state amendments to the IBC." Such state amendments to the IBC are set out using corresponding chapter and section numbers of the IBC numbering system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IBC is not incorporated as part of the USBC, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1 of the IBC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC is generally invalid. However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly correspond to a provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference may be construed to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1 provision.

E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term "this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or in the state amendments to the IBC means the USBC, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "this code" or "the code" where used in a code or standard referenced in the IBC means that code or standard, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information only and shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code provision. Notes in the IBC, in the codes and standards referenced in the IBC and in the state amendments to the IBC may modify the content of a related provision and shall be considered to be a valid part of the provision, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC and any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC. In addition, the state amendments to the IBC supersede any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC and any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC. Further, the provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC supersede any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC.

G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not limited to provisions relating to the scope of the code, enforcement, fees, permits, inspections and disputes. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or any provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements are deleted and replaced by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative requirements contained in the state amendments to the IBC shall be given the same precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above, where administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC are specifically identified as valid administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state amendments to the IBC, then such requirements are not deleted and replaced.

Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap, conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative, procedural and enforcement requirements of this code.

H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid.

Note: The order of precedence outlined in Section 101.6 may be determinative in establishing how to apply the definitions in the IBC and in the referenced codes and standards.

13VAC5-63-20

13VAC5-63-20. Section 102 Purpose and scope.

A. Section 102.1 Purpose. In accordance with § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia, the purpose of the USBC is to protect the health, safety and welfare of the residents of the Commonwealth of Virginia, provided that buildings and structures should be permitted to be constructed at the least possible cost consistent with recognized standards of health, safety, energy conservation and water conservation, including provisions necessary to prevent overcrowding, rodent or insect infestation, and garbage accumulation; and barrier-free provisions for the physically handicapped and aged.

B. Section 102.2 Scope. This section establishes the scope of the USBC in accordance with § 36-98 of the Code of Virginia. The USBC shall supersede the building codes and regulations of the counties, municipalities and other political subdivisions and state agencies. This code also shall supersede the provisions of local ordinances applicable to single-family residential construction that (i) regulate dwelling foundations or crawl spaces, (ii) require the use of specific building materials or finishes in construction, or (iii) require minimum surface area or numbers of windows; however, this code shall not supersede proffered conditions accepted as a part of a rezoning application, conditions imposed upon the grant of special exceptions, special or conditional use permits or variances, conditions imposed upon a clustering of single-family homes and preservation of open space development through standards, conditions, and criteria established by a locality pursuant to subdivision 8 of § 15.2-2242 of the Code of Virginia or subdivision A 12 of § 15.2-2286 of the Code of Virginia, or land use requirements in airport or highway overlay districts, or historic districts created pursuant to § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia, or local flood plain regulations adopted as a condition of participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.

Note: Requirements relating to functional design are contained in Section 103.11 of this code.

C. Section 102.2.1 Invalidity of provisions. To the extent that any provisions of this code are in conflict with Chapter 6 (§ 36-97 et seq.) of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia or in conflict with the scope of the USBC, those provisions are considered to be invalid to the extent of such conflict.

D. Section 102.3 Exemptions. The following are exempt from this code:

1. Equipment and, related wiring, and poles and towers supporting the related wiring installed by a provider of publicly regulated utility service or a franchised cable television operator and electrical equipment and related wiring used for radio, broadcast or cable television, telecommunications or information service transmission. The exemption shall apply only if under applicable federal and state law the ownership and control of the equipment and wiring is by the service provider or its affiliates. Such exempt equipment and wiring shall be located on either [ public ] rights-of-way or [ private ] property for which the service provider has rights of occupancy and entry; however, the structures, including their service equipment, housing or supporting such exempt equipment and wiring shall be subject to the USBC. The installation of equipment and wiring exempted by this section shall not create an unsafe condition prohibited by the USBC.

2. Manufacturing and processing machines [ that do not produce or process hazardous materials regulated by this code ], including all of the following service equipment associated with the manufacturing or processing machines.

2.1. Electrical equipment connected after the last disconnecting means.

2.2. Plumbing piping and equipment connected after the last shutoff valve or backflow device and before the equipment drain trap.

2.3. Gas piping and equipment connected after the outlet shutoff valve.

Manufacturing and processing machines that produce or process hazardous materials regulated by this code are only required to comply with the code provisions regulating the hazardous materials. ]

3. Parking lots and sidewalks, which are not part of an accessible route.

4. Nonmechanized playground or recreational equipment such as swing sets, sliding boards, climbing bars, jungle gyms, skateboard ramps, and similar equipment where no admission fee is charged for its use or for admittance to areas where the equipment is located.

5. Industrialized buildings subject to the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91) and manufactured homes subject to the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95); except as provided for in Section 421 424.

6. Farm buildings and structures, except for a building or a portion of a building located on a farm that is operated as a restaurant as defined in § 35.1-1 of the Code of Virginia and licensed as such by the Virginia Board of Health pursuant to Chapter 2 (§ 35.1-11 et seq.) of Title 35.1 of the Code of Virginia. However, farm buildings and structures lying within a flood plain or in a mudslide-prone area shall be subject to flood-proofing regulations or mudslide regulations, as applicable.

7. Federally owned buildings and structures unless federal law specifically requires a permit from the locality.Underground storage tank installations, modifications and removals shall comply with this code in accordance with federal law. ]

13VAC5-63-30

13VAC5-63-30. Section 103 Application of code.

A. Section 103.1 General. In accordance with § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia, the USBC shall prescribe building regulations to be complied with in the construction and rehabilitation of buildings and structures, and the equipment therein.

B. Section 103.2 When applicable to new construction. Construction for which a permit application is submitted to the local building department after May 1, 2008,(insert the ] effective date) of the 2009 edition of the code ] shall comply with the provisions of this code, except for permit applications submitted during a one-year period after May 1, 2008(insert the ] effective date) of the 2009 edition of the code ]. The applicant for a permit during such one-year period shall be permitted to choose whether to comply with the provisions of this code or the provisions of the [ edition of the ] code in effect immediately prior to May 1, 2008(insert effective date) the 2009 edition ]. This provision shall also apply to subsequent amendments to this code based on the effective date of such amendments. In addition, when a permit has been properly issued under a previous edition of this code, this code shall not require changes to the approved construction documents, design or construction of such a building or structure, provided the permit has not been suspended or revoked.

C. Section 103.3 Change of occupancy. No change [ of occupancy ] shall be made in [ the existing occupancy classification of ] any structure when the current USBC requires a greater degree of accessibility, structural strength, fire protection, means of egress, ventilation or sanitation. When such a greater degree is required, the owner or the owner's agent shall make written application to the local building department for a new certificate of occupancy and shall obtain the new certificate of occupancy prior to the [ new ] use of the structure [ under the new occupancy classification ]. When impractical to achieve compliance with this code for the new occupancy classification, the building official shall consider modifications upon application and as provided for in Section 106.3.

Exception: This section shall not be construed to permit noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of this code.

D. Section 103.4 Additions. Additions to buildings and structures shall comply with the requirements of this code for new construction and an existing building or structure plus additions shall comply with the height and area provisions of Chapter 5. Further, this code shall not require changes to the design or construction of any portions of the building or structure not altered or affected by an addition, unless the addition has the effect of lowering the current level of safety.

Exception: This section shall not be construed to permit noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of this code.

E. Section 103.5 Reconstruction, alteration or repair. The following criteria is applicable to reconstruction, alteration or repair of buildings or structures:

1. Any reconstruction, alteration or repair shall not adversely affect the performance of the building or structure, or cause the building or structure to become unsafe or lower existing levels of health and safety.

2. Parts of the building or structure not being reconstructed, altered or repaired shall not be required to comply with the requirements of this code applicable to newly constructed buildings or structures.

3. The installation of material or equipment, or both, that is neither required nor prohibited shall only be required to comply with the provisions of this code relating to the safe installation of such material or equipment.

4. Material or equipment, or both, may be replaced in the same location with material or equipment of a similar kind or capacity.

Exceptions:

1. This section shall not be construed to permit noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of this code.

2. Reconstructed decks, balconies, porches and similar structures located 30 inches (762 mm) or more above grade shall meet the current code provisions for structural loading capacity, connections and structural attachment. This requirement excludes the configuration and height of handrails and guardrails.

F. Section 103.6. Use of rehabilitation code. Compliance with Part II of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Rehabilitation Code," shall be an acceptable alternative to compliance with this code for the rehabilitation of such existing buildings and structures within the scope of that code. For the purposes of this section, the term "rehabilitation" shall be as defined in the Virginia Rehabilitation Code.

G. Section 103.7. Retrofit requirements. The local building department shall enforce the provisions of Section 3411 3413, which require certain existing buildings to be retrofitted with fire protection systems and other safety equipment. Retroactive fire protection system requirements contained in the International Fire Code shall not be applicable unless required for compliance with the provisions of Section 3411 3413.

H. Section 103.8 Nonrequired equipment. The following criteria for nonrequired equipment is in accordance with § 36-103 of the Code of Virginia. Building owners may elect to install partial or full fire alarms or other safety equipment that was not required by the edition of the USBC in effect at the time a building was constructed without meeting current requirements of the code, provided the installation does not create a hazardous condition. Permits for installation shall be obtained in accordance with this code. In addition, as a requirement of this code, when such nonrequired equipment is to be installed, the building official shall notify the appropriate fire official or fire chief.

I. Section 103.8.1 Reduction in function or discontinuance of nonrequired fire protection systems. When a nonrequired fire protection system is to be reduced in function or discontinued, it shall be done in such a manner so as not to create a false sense of protection. Generally, in such cases, any features visible from interior areas shall be removed, such as sprinkler heads, smoke detectors or alarm panels or devices, but any wiring or piping hidden within the construction of the building may remain. Approval of the proposed method of reduction or discontinuance shall be obtained from the building official.

J. Section 103.9 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:

1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with either the International Residential Code, the International Mechanical Code or the International Fuel Gas Code, depending on which is applicable based on the fuel source and the occupancy classification of the structure.

2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition.

Where not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.

K. Section 103.10 Use of certain provisions of referenced codes. The following provisions of the IBC and of other indicated codes or standards are to be considered valid provisions of this code. Where any such provisions have been modified by the state amendments to the IBC, then the modified provisions apply.

1. Special inspection requirements in Chapters 2 - 35.

2. Chapter 34, Existing Structures, except that Section 3410 3412, Compliance Alternatives, shall not be used to comply with the retrofit requirements identified in Section 103.7 and shall not be construed to permit noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of this code.

3. Testing requirements and requirements for the submittal of construction documents in any of the ICC codes referenced in Chapter 35 [ and in the IRC ].

4. Section R301.2 of the International Residential Code authorizing localities to determine climatic and geographic design criteria.

5. Flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements in the IBC or the International Residential Code, including, but not limited to, any such provisions pertaining to flood elevation certificates that are located in Chapter 1 of those codes. Any required flood elevation certificate pursuant to such provisions shall be prepared by a land surveyor licensed in Virginia or an RDP.

6. Section R101.2 of the IRC. ]

L. Section 103.11 Functional design. The following criteria for functional design is in accordance with § 36-98 of the Code of Virginia. The USBC shall not supersede the regulations of other state agencies that require and govern the functional design and operation of building related activities not covered by the USBC, including but not limited to (i) public water supply systems, (ii) waste water treatment and disposal systems, (iii) solid waste facilities, nor shall state agencies be prohibited from requiring, pursuant to other state law, that buildings and equipment be maintained in accordance with provisions of this code. In addition, as established by this code, the building official may refuse to issue a permit until the applicant has supplied certificates of functional design approval from the appropriate state agency or agencies. For purposes of coordination, the locality may require reports to the building official by other departments or agencies indicating compliance with their regulations applicable to the functional design of a building or structure as a condition for issuance of a building permit or certificate of occupancy. Such reports shall be based upon review of the plans or inspection of the project as determined by the locality. All enforcement of these conditions shall not be the responsibility of the building official, but rather the agency imposing the condition.

Note: Identified state agencies with functional design approval are listed in the "Related Laws Package," which is available from DHCD.

M. Section 103.12 Amusement devices and inspections. In accordance with § 36-98.3 of the Code of Virginia, to the extent they are not superseded by the provisions of § 36-98.3 of the Code of Virginia and the VADR, the provisions of the USBC shall apply to amusement devices. In addition, as a requirement of this code, inspections for compliance with the VADR shall be conducted either by local building department personnel or private inspectors provided such persons are certified as amusement device inspectors under the VCS.

N. Section 103.13 State buildings and structures. This section establishes the application of the USBC to state-owned buildings and structures in accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia. The USBC shall be applicable to all state-owned buildings and structures, with the exception that §§ 2.2-1159, 2.2-1160 and 2.2-1161 of the Code of Virginia shall provide the standards for ready access to and use of state-owned buildings by the physically handicapped.

Any state-owned building or structure for which preliminary plans were prepared or on which construction commenced after the initial effective date of the USBC, shall remain subject to the provisions of the USBC that were in effect at the time such plans were completed or such construction commenced. Subsequent reconstruction, renovation or demolition of such building or structure shall be subject to the pertinent provisions of this code.

Acting through the Division of Engineering and Buildings, the Virginia Department of General Services shall function as the building official for state-owned buildings. The department shall review and approve plans and specifications, grant modifications, and establish such rules and regulations as may be necessary to implement this section. It shall provide for the inspection of state-owned buildings and enforcement of the USBC and standards for access by the physically handicapped by delegating inspection and USBC enforcement duties to the State Fire Marshal's Office, to other appropriate state agencies having needed expertise, and to local building departments, all of which shall provide such assistance within a reasonable time and in the manner requested. State agencies and institutions occupying buildings shall pay to the local building department the same fees as would be paid by a private citizen for the services rendered when such services are requested by the department. The department may alter or overrule any decision of the local building department after having first considered the local building department's report or other rationale given for its decision. When altering or overruling any decision of a local building department, the department shall provide the local building department with a written summary of its reasons for doing so.

Notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary, roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation shall be exempt from this code. The Virginia Department of General Services shall not have jurisdiction over such roadway tunnels, bridges and other limited access highways; provided, however, that the Department of General Services shall have jurisdiction over any occupied buildings within any Department of Transportation rights-of-way that are subject to this code.

Except as provided in § 23-38.109 D of the Code of Virginia, and notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary, at the request of a public institution of higher education, the Virginia Department of General Services, as further set forth in this provision, shall authorize that institution of higher education to contract with a building official of the locality in which the construction is taking place to perform any inspection and certifications required for the purpose of complying with this code. The department shall publish administrative procedures that shall be followed in contracting with a building official of the locality. The authority granted to a public institution of higher education under this provision to contract with a building official of the locality shall be subject to the institution meeting the conditions prescribed in § 23-38.88 B of the Code of Virginia.

Note: In accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia, roadway tunnels and bridges shall be designed, constructed and operated to comply with fire safety standards based on nationally recognized model codes and standards to be developed by the Virginia Department of Transportation in consultation with the State Fire Marshal and approved by the Virginia Commonwealth Transportation Board. Emergency response planning and activities related to the standards approved by the Commonwealth Transportation Board shall be developed by the Department of Transportation and coordinated with the appropriate local officials and emergency service providers. On an annual basis, the Department of Transportation shall provide a report on the maintenance and operability of installed fire protection and detection systems in roadway tunnels and bridges to the State Fire Marshal.

O. Section 103.13.1 Certification of state enforcement personnel. State enforcement personnel shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 105 for certification, periodic maintenance training, and continuing education.

13VAC5-63-40

 [ 13VAC5-63-40. Section 104 Enforcement, generally.

A. Section 104.1 Scope of enforcement. This section establishes the requirements for enforcement of the USBC in accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia. Enforcement of the provisions of the USBC for construction and rehabilitation shall be the responsibility of the local building department. Whenever a county or municipality does not have such a building department, the local governing body shall enter into an agreement with the local governing body of another county or municipality or with some other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for such enforcement. For the purposes of this section, towns with a population of less than 3,500 may elect to administer and enforce the USBC; however, where the town does not elect to administer and enforce the code, the county in which the town is situated shall administer and enforce the code for the town. In the event such town is situated in two or more counties, those counties shall administer and enforce the USBC for that portion of the town that is situated within their respective boundaries.

Upon a finding by the local building department, following a complaint by a tenant of a residential rental unit that is the subject of such complaint, that there may be a violation of the unsafe structures provisions of Part III of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Maintenance Code," the local building department shall enforce such provisions.

If the local building department receives a complaint that a violation of the Virginia Maintenance Code exists that is an immediate and imminent threat to the health or safety of the owner or tenant of a residential dwelling unit or a nearby residential dwelling unit, and the owner or tenant of the residential dwelling unit that is the subject of the complaint has refused to allow the local building official or his agent to have access to the subject dwelling, the local building official or his agent may present sworn testimony to a court of competent jurisdiction and request that the court grant the local building official or his agent an inspection warrant to enable the building official or his agent to enter the subject dwelling for the purpose of determining whether violations of the Virginia Maintenance Code exist. The local building official or his agent shall make a reasonable effort to obtain consent from the owner or tenant of the subject dwelling prior to seeking the issuance of an inspection warrant under this section.

The local governing body shall inspect and enforce the provisions of the Virginia Maintenance Code for elevators except for elevators in single and two-family homes and townhouses. Such inspection and enforcement shall be carried out by an agency or department designated by the local governing body.

B. Section 104.2 Interagency coordination. When any inspection functions under this code are assigned to a local agency other than the local building department, such agency shall coordinate its reports of inspection with the local building department.

C. 104.3 Transfer of ownership. If the local building department has initiated an enforcement action against the owner of a building or structure and such owner subsequently transfers the ownership of the building or structure to an entity in which the owner holds an ownership interest greater than 50%, the pending enforcement action shall continue to be enforced against the owner. ]

13VAC5-63-50

13VAC5-63-50. Section 105 Local building department.

A. Section 105.1 Appointment of building official. Every local building department shall have a building official as the executive official in charge of the department. The building official shall be appointed in a manner selected by the local governing body. After permanent appointment, the building official shall not be removed from office except for cause after having been afforded a full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant charges by and before the appointing authority. DHCD shall be notified by the appointing authority within 30 days of the appointment or release of a permanent or acting building official.

Note: Building officials are subject to sanctions in accordance with the VCS.

B. Section 105.1.1 Qualifications of building official. The building official shall have at least five years of building experience as a licensed professional engineer or architect, building, fire or trade inspector, contractor, housing inspector or superintendent of building, fire or trade construction or at least five years of building experience after obtaining a degree in architecture or engineering, with at least three years in responsible charge of work. Any combination of education and experience that would confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement. The building official shall have general knowledge of sound engineering practice in respect to the design and construction of structures, the basic principles of fire prevention, the accepted requirements for means of egress and the installation of elevators and other service equipment necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the occupants and the public. The local governing body may establish additional qualification requirements.

C. Section 105.1.2 Certification of building official. An acting or permanent building official shall be certified as a building official in accordance with the VCS within one year after being appointed as acting or permanent building official.

Exception: A building official in place prior to April 1, 1983, shall not be required to meet the certification requirements in this section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in the same locality.

D. Section 105.1.3 Noncertified building official. Except for a building official exempt from certification under the exception to Section 105.1.2, any acting or permanent building official who is not certified as a building official in accordance with the VCS shall attend the core module of the Virginia Building Code Academy or an equivalent course in an individual or regional code academy accredited by DHCD within 180 days of appointment. This requirement is in addition to meeting the certification requirement in Section 105.1.2.

E. Section 105.1.4 Continuing Requirements for periodic maintenance and continuing education requirements. Building officials shall attend 16 hours every two years of continuing education and periodic maintenance training courses approved or required as designated by DHCD. Additional In addition to the periodic maintenance training required above, building officials shall attend 16 hours of continuing education hours shall not be required if more than one every two years as approved by DHCD. If a building official possesses more than one BHCD certificate is held, the 16 hours shall satisfy the continuing education requirement for all BHCD certificates.

F. Section 105.2 Technical assistants. The building official, subject to any limitations imposed by the locality, shall be permitted to utilize technical assistants to assist the building official in the enforcement of the USBC. DHCD shall be notified by the building official within 60 days of the employment of, contracting with or termination of all technical assistants.

Note: Technical assistants are subject to sanctions in accordance with the VCS.

G. Section 105.2.1 Qualifications of technical assistants. A technical assistant shall have at least three years of experience and general knowledge in at least one of the following areas: building construction; building, fire or housing inspections; plumbing, electrical or mechanical trades; or fire protection, elevator or property maintenance work. Any combination of education and experience that would confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement. The locality may establish additional qualification requirements.

H. Section 105.2.2 Certification of technical assistants. A technical assistant shall be certified in the appropriate subject area within 18 months after becoming a technical assistant. When required by local policy to have two or more certifications, a technical assistant shall obtain the additional certifications within three years from the date of such requirement.

Exception: A technical assistant in place prior to March 1, 1988, shall not be required to meet the certification requirements in this section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in the same locality.

I. Section 105.2.3 Continuing Requirements for periodic maintenance and continuing education requirements. Technical assistants shall attend 16 hours every two years of continuing education and periodic maintenance training courses approved or required as designated by DHCD. Additional In addition to the periodic maintenance training required above, technical assistants shall attend 16 hours of continuing education hours shall not be required if more than one every two years as approved by DHCD. If a technical assistant possesses more than one BHCD certificate is held, the 16 hours shall satisfy the continuing education requirement for all BHCD certificates.

J. Section 105.3 Conflict of interest. The standards of conduct for building officials and technical assistants shall be in accordance with the provisions of the State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act, Chapter 31 (§ 2.2-3100 et seq.) of Title 2.2 of the Code of Virginia.

K. Section 105.4 Records. The local building department shall retain a record of applications received, permits, certificates, notices and orders issued, fees collected and reports of inspection in accordance with The Library of Virginia's General Schedule Number Six.

13VAC5-63-60

13VAC5-63-60. Section 106 Powers and duties of the building official.

A. Section 106.1 Powers and duties, generally. The building official shall enforce this code as set out herein and as interpreted by the State Review Board.

B. Section 106.2 Delegation of authority. The building official may delegate powers and duties except where such authority is limited by the local government. However, such limitations of authority by the local government are not applicable to the third-party inspector policy required by Section 113.7.1 nor shall such limitations of authority by the local government have the effect of altering the provisions of this code or creating building regulations. When such delegations are made, the building official shall be responsible for assuring that they are carried out in accordance with the provisions of this code.

C. Section 106.3 Issuance of modifications. Upon written application by an owner or an owner's agent, the building official may approve a modification of any provision of the USBC provided the spirit and functional intent of the code are observed and public health, welfare and safety are assured. The decision of the building official concerning a modification shall be made in writing and the application for a modification and the decision of the building official concerning such modification shall be retained in the permanent records of the local building department.

Note: The USBC references nationally recognized model codes and standards. Future amendments to such codes and standards are not automatically included in the USBC; however the building official should give them due consideration in deciding whether to approve a modification.

D. Section 106.3.1 Substantiation of modification. The building official may require or may consider a statement from an RDP or other person competent in the subject area of the application as to the equivalency of the proposed modification. In addition, the building official may require the application to include construction documents sealed by an RDP.

E. Section 106.3.2 Use of performance code. Compliance with the provisions of a nationally recognized performance code when approved as a modification shall be considered to constitute compliance with this code. All documents submitted as part of such consideration shall be retained in the permanent records of the local building department.

13VAC5-63-70

13VAC5-63-70. Section 107 Fees.

A. Section 107.1 Authority for charging fees. In accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, fees may be levied by the local governing body in order to defray the cost of enforcement of the USBC.

B. Section 107.1.1 Fee schedule. The local governing body shall establish a fee schedule incorporating unit rates, which may be based on square footage, cubic footage, estimated cost of construction or other appropriate criteria. A permit or any amendments to an existing permit shall not be issued until the designated fees have been paid, except that the building official may authorize the delayed payment of fees.

C. Section 107.1.2 Refunds. When requested in writing by a permit holder, the locality shall provide a fee refund in the case of the revocation of a permit or the abandonment or discontinuance of a building project. The refund shall not be required to exceed an amount which correlates to work not completed.

D. Section 107.2 Code academy fee levy. In accordance with subdivision 7 of § 36-137 of the Code of Virginia, the local building department shall collect a 1.75% 2.0% levy of fees charged for [ building ] permits issued under this code and transmit it quarterly to DHCD to support training programs of the Virginia Building Code Academy. The foregoing levy shall remain effective until July 1, 2009, after which time the fee levy shall be increased to 2.0%. Localities that maintain individual or regional training academies accredited by DHCD shall retain such levy.

13VAC5-63-80

 [ 13VAC5-63-80. Section 108 Application for permit.

A. Section 108.1 When applications are required. Application for a permit shall be made to the building official and a permit shall be obtained prior to the commencement of any of the following activities, except that applications for emergency construction, alterations or equipment replacement shall be submitted by the end of the first working day that follows the day such work commences. In addition, the building official may authorize work to commence pending the receipt of an application or the issuance of a permit.

1. Construction or demolition of a building or structure. Installations or alterations involving (i) the removal or addition of any wall, partition or portion thereof, (ii) any structural component, (iii) the repair or replacement of any required component of a fire or smoke rated assembly, (iv) the alteration of any required means of egress system, (v) water supply and distribution system, sanitary drainage system or vent system, (vi) electric wiring, (vii) fire protection system, mechanical systems, or fuel supply systems, or (viii) any equipment regulated by the USBC.

2. For change of occupancy, application for a permit shall be made when a new certificate of occupancy is required under Section 103.3.

3. Movement of a lot line that increases the hazard to or decreases the level of safety of an existing building or structure in comparison to the building code under which such building or structure was constructed.

4. Removal or disturbing of any asbestos containing materials during the construction or demolition of a building or structure, including additions.

B. Section 108.2 Exemptions from application for permit. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 108.1, application for a permit and any related inspections shall not be required for the following; however, this section shall not be construed to exempt such activities from other applicable requirements of this code. In addition, when an owner or an owner's agent requests that a permit be issued for any of the following, then a permit shall be issued and any related inspections shall be required.

1. Installation of wiring and equipment that (i) operates at less than 50 volts, (ii) is for network powered broadband communications systems, or (iii) is exempt under Section 102.3(1), except when any such installations are located in a plenum, penetrate fire rated or smoke protected construction or are a component of any of the following:

1.1. Fire alarm system.

1.2. Fire detection system.

1.3. Fire suppression system.

1.4. Smoke control system.

1.5. Fire protection supervisory system.

1.6. Elevator fire safety control system.

1.7. Access or egress control system or delayed egress locking or latching system.

1.8. Fire damper.

1.9. Door control system.

2. Detached One story detached accessory structures used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses or similar uses, provided the floor area does not exceed 150 200 square feet (14 m2) (18 m2) and the structures are not accessory to classified as a Group F F-1 or H occupancy.

3. Detached prefabricated buildings housing the equipment of a publicly regulated utility service, provided the floor area does not exceed 150 square feet (14 m2).

4. Tents or air-supported structures, or both, that cover an area of 900 square feet (84 m2) or less, including within that area all connecting areas or spaces with a common means of egress or entrance, provided such tents or structures have an occupant load of 50 or less persons.

5. Fences and privacy walls not part of a building, structure or of the barrier for a swimming pool, provided such fences and privacy walls do not exceed six feet in height above the finished grade. Ornamental post caps shall not be considered to contribute to the height of the fence or privacy wall and shall be permitted to extend above the six feet height measurement.

6. Retaining walls supporting less than two feet of unbalanced fill. This exemption shall not apply to any wall impounding Class I, II or III-A liquids or supporting a surcharge other than ordinary unbalanced fill.

7. Swimming pools that have a surface area not greater than 150 square feet (13.95 m2), do not exceed 5,000 gallons (19 000 L) and are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep.

8. Signs under the conditions in Section H101.2 of Appendix H.

9. Replacement of above-ground existing LP-gas containers of the same capacity in the same location and associated regulators when installed by the serving gas supplier.

10. Ordinary repairs that include the following:

10.1. Replacement of windows and doors with windows and doors of similar operation and opening dimensions that do not require changes to the existing framed opening and that are not required to be fire rated in Group R-2 where serving a single dwelling unit and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.

10.2. Replacement of plumbing fixtures in all groups without alteration of the water supply and distribution systems, sanitary drainage systems or vent systems.

10.3. Replacement of general use snap switches, dimmer and control switches, 125 volt-15 or 20 ampere receptacles, luminaries (lighting fixtures) and ceiling (paddle) fans in Group R-2 where serving a single dwelling unit and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.

10.4. Replacement of mechanical appliances provided such equipment is not fueled by gas or oil in Group R-2 where serving a single family dwelling and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.

10.5. Replacement of an unlimited amount of roof covering or siding in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 provided the building or structure is not in an area where the design (3 second gust) wind speed is greater than 100 miles per hour (160 km/hr) and replacement of 100 square feet (9.29 m2) or less of roof covering in all groups and all wind zones.

10.6. Replacement of 100 square feet (9.29 m2) or less of roof decking in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 unless the decking to be replaced was required at the time or original construction to be fire-retardant-treated or protected in some other way to form a fire-rated wall termination.

10.7. Installation or replacement of floor finishes in all occupancies.

10.8. Replacement of Class C interior wall or ceiling finishes installed in Groups A, E and I and replacement of all classes of interior wall or ceiling finishes in other groups.

10.9. Installation of replacement cabinetry or trim.

10.10. Application of paint or wallpaper.

10.11. Other repair work deemed by the building official to be minor and ordinary which does not adversely affect public health or general safety.

Exception: Application for a permit may be required by the building official for the installation of replacement siding, roofing and windows in buildings within a historic district designated by a locality pursuant to § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia.

C. Section 108.3 Applicant information, processing by mail. Application for a permit shall be made by the owner or lessee of the relevant property or the agent of either or by the RDP, contractor or subcontractor associated with the work or any of their agents. The full name and address of the owner, lessee and applicant shall be provided in the application. If the owner or lessee is a corporate body, when and to the extent determined necessary by the building official, the full name and address of the responsible officers shall also be provided.

A permit application may be submitted by mail and such permit applications shall be processed by mail, unless the permit applicant voluntarily chooses otherwise. In no case shall an applicant be required to appear in person.

The building official may accept applications for a permit through electronic submissions provided the information required by this section is obtained.

D. Section 108.4 Prerequisites to obtaining permit. In accordance with § 54.1-1111 of the Code of Virginia, any person applying to the building department for the construction, removal or improvement of any structure shall furnish prior to the issuance of the permit either (i) satisfactory proof to the building official that he is duly licensed or certified under the terms or Chapter 11 (§ 54.1-1000 et seq.) of Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia to carry out or superintend the same or (ii) file a written statement, supported by an affidavit, that he is not subject to licensure or certification as a contractor or subcontractor pursuant to Chapter 11 of Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia. The applicant shall also furnish satisfactory proof that the taxes or license fees required by any county, city, or town have been paid so as to be qualified to bid upon or contract for the work for which the permit has been applied.

E. Section 108.5 Mechanics' lien agent designation. In accordance with § 36-98.01 of the Code of Virginia, a building permit issued for any one- or two-family residential dwelling shall at the time of issuance contain, at the request of the applicant, the name, mailing address, and telephone number of the mechanics' lien agent as defined in § 43-1 of the Code of Virginia. If the designation of a mechanics' lien agent is not so requested by the applicant, the building permit shall at the time of issuance state that none has been designated with the words "None Designated."

Note: In accordance with § 43-4.01A of the Code of Virginia, a permit may be amended after it has been initially issued to name a mechanics' lien agent or a new mechanics' lien agent.

F. Section 108.6 Application form, description of work. The application for a permit shall be submitted on a form or forms supplied by the local building department. The application shall contain a general description and location of the proposed work and such other information as determined necessary by the building official.

G. Section 108.7 Amendments to application. An application for a permit may be amended at any time prior to the completion of the work governed by the permit. Additional construction documents or other records may also be submitted in a like manner. All such submittals shall have the same effect as if filed with the original application for a permit and shall be retained in a like manner as the original filings.

H. Section 108.8 Time limitation of application. An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned six months after the date of filing unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued, except that the building official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time if a justifiable cause is demonstrated. ]

13VAC5-63-150

13VAC5-63-150. Section 115 Violations.

A. Section 115.1 Violation a misdemeanor; civil penalty. In accordance with § 36-106 of the Code of Virginia, it shall be unlawful for any owner or any other person, firm or corporation, on or after the effective date of any code provisions, to violate any such provisions. Any locality may adopt an ordinance that establishes a uniform schedule of civil penalties for violations of specified provisions of the code that are not abated or remedied promptly after receipt of a notice of violation from the local enforcement officer.

Note: See the full text of § 36-106 of the Code of Virginia for additional requirements and criteria pertaining to legal action relative to violations of the code.

B. Section 115.2 Notice of violation. The building official shall issue a written notice of violation to the responsible party if any violations of this code or any directives or orders of the building official have not been corrected or complied with in a reasonable time. The notice shall reference the code section upon which the notice is based and direct the discontinuance and abatement of the violation or the compliance with such directive or order. The notice shall be issued by either delivering a copy to the responsible party by mail to the last known address or delivering the notice in person or by leaving it in the possession of any person in charge of the premises, or by posting the notice in a conspicuous place if the person in charge of the premises cannot be found. The notice of violation shall indicate the right of appeal by referencing the appeals section. When the owner of the building or structure, or the permit holder for the construction in question, or the tenants of such building or structure, are not the responsible party to whom the notice of violation is issued, then a copy of the notice shall also be delivered to the such owner, permit holder or tenants.

C. Section 115.2.1 Notice not to be issued under certain circumstances. When violations are discovered more than two years after the certificate of occupancy is issued or the date of initial occupancy, whichever occurred later, or more than two years after the approved final inspection for an alteration or renovation, a notice of violation shall only be issued upon advice from the legal counsel of the locality that action may be taken to compel correction of the violation. When compliance can no longer be compelled by prosecution under § 36-106 of the Code of Virginia, the building official, when requested by the building owner, shall document in writing the existence of the violation noting the edition of the USBC the violation is under.

D. Section 115.3 Further action when violation not corrected. If the responsible party has not complied with the notice of violation, the building official shall submit a written request to the legal counsel of the locality to institute the appropriate legal proceedings to restrain, correct or abate the violation or to require the removal or termination of the use of the building or structure involved. In cases where the locality so authorizes, the building official may issue or obtain a summons or warrant. Compliance with a notice of violation notwithstanding, the building official may request legal proceedings be instituted for prosecution when a person, firm or corporation is served with three or more notices of violation within one calendar year for failure to obtain a required construction permit prior to commencement of work subject to this code.

Note: See § 19.2-8 of the Code of Virginia concerning the statute of limitations for building code prosecutions.

E. Section 115.4 Penalties and abatement. Penalties for violations of the USBC shall be as set out in § 36-106 of the Code of Virginia. The successful prosecution of a violation of the USBC shall not preclude the institution of appropriate legal action to require correction or abatement of a violation.

F. Section 115.5 Transfer of ownership. In accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, if the local building department has initiated an enforcement action against the owner of a building or structure and such owner subsequently transfers the ownership of the building or structure to an entity in which the owner holds an ownership interest greater than 50%, the pending enforcement action shall continue to be enforced against the owner.

13VAC5-63-160

 [ 13VAC5-63-160. Section 116 Certificates of occupancy.

A. Section 116.1 General; when to be issued. A certificate of occupancy indicating completion of the work for which a permit was issued shall be obtained prior to the occupancy of any building or structure, except as provided for in this section generally and as specifically provided for in Section 113.8 for additions or alterations. The certificate shall be issued after completion of the final inspection and when the building or structure is in compliance with this code and any pertinent laws or ordinances, or when otherwise entitled. The building official shall, however, issue a certificate of occupancy within five working days after being requested to do so, provided the building or structure meets all of the requirements for a certificate.

Exception: A certificate of occupancy is not required for an accessory structure as defined in the International Residential Code.

B. Section 116.1.1 Temporary certificate of occupancy. Upon the request of a permit holder, a temporary certificate of occupancy may be issued before the completion of the work covered by a permit, provided that such portion or portions of a building of structure may be occupied safely prior to full completion of the building or structure without endangering life or public safety.

C. Section 116.2 Contents of certificate. A certificate of occupancy shall specify the following:

1. The edition of the USBC under which the permit is issued.

2. The group classification and occupancy in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3.

3. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6.

4. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided and whether or not such system was required.

5. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building permit and if any modifications were issued under the permit, there shall be a notation on the certificate that modifications were issued.

D. Section 116.3 Suspension or revocation of certificate. A certificate of occupancy may be revoked or suspended whenever the building official discovers that such certificate was issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information, or where there are repeated violations of the USBC after the certificate has been issued or when requested by the code official under Section 105.7 of the Virginia Maintenance Code. The revocation or suspension shall be in writing and shall state the necessary corrections or conditions for the certificate to be reissued or reinstated in accordance with Section 116.3.1.

E. Section 116.3.1 Reissuance of reinstatement of certificate of occupancy. When a certificate of occupancy has been revoked or suspended, it shall be reissued or reinstated upon correction of the specific condition or conditions cited as the cause of the revocation or suspension and the revocation or suspension of a certificate of occupancy shall not be used as justification for requiring a building or structure to be subject to a later edition of the code than that under which such building or structure was initially constructed.

F. Section 116.4 Issuance of certificate for existing pre-USBC buildings or structures. Upon written request from the owner or the owner's agent, or as otherwise determined necessary by the building official, a certificate of occupancy shall be issued for an existing building or structure provided When a building or structure was constructed prior to being subject to the initial edition of the USBC and the local building department does not have a certificate of occupancy for the building or structure, the owner or owner's agent may submit a written request for a certificate to be created. The building official, after receipt of the request, shall issue a certificate provided a determination is made that there are no current violations of the Virginia Maintenance Code or the Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code (13VAC5-51) and the occupancy classification of the building or structure has not changed. An inspection shall be performed prior to the issuance of the certificate and such Such buildings and structures shall not be prevented from continued use.

Exception: When no certificate exists, but the local building department has records indicating that a certificate did exist, then the building official may either verify in writing that a certificate did exist or issue a certificate based upon the records. ]

13VAC5-63-190

13VAC5-63-190. Section 119 Appeals.

A. Section 119.1 Establishment of appeals board. In accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, there shall be established within each local building department a LBBCA. Whenever a county or a municipality does not have such a LBBCA, the local governing body shall enter into an agreement with the local governing body of another county or municipality or with some other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for such appeals resulting therefrom. Fees may be levied by the local governing body in order to defray the cost of such appeals. In addition, as an authorization in this code, separate LBBCAs may be established to hear appeals of different enforcement areas such as electrical, plumbing or mechanical requirements. Each such LBBCA shall comply with the requirements of this section.

B. Section 119.2 Membership of board. The LBBCA shall consist of at least five members appointed by the locality for a specific term of office established by written policy. Alternate members may be appointed to serve in the absence of any regular members and as such, shall have the full power and authority of the regular members. Regular and alternate members may be reappointed. Written records of current membership, including a record of the current chairman and secretary shall be maintained in the office of the locality. In order to provide continuity, the terms of the members may be of different length so that less than half will expire in any one-year period. The LBBCA shall meet at least once annually to assure a duly constituted board, appoint officers as necessary, and receive such training on the code as may be appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality.

C. Section 119.3 Officers and qualifications of members. The LBBCA shall annually select one of its regular members to serve as chairman. When the chairman is not present at an appeal hearing, the members present shall select an acting chairman. The locality or the chief executive officer of the locality shall appoint a secretary to the LBBCA to maintain a detailed record of all proceedings. Members of the LBBCA shall be selected by the locality on the basis of their ability to render fair and competent decisions regarding application of the USBC and shall to the extent possible, represent different occupational or professional fields relating to the construction industry. At least one member should be an experienced builder; at least one member should be an RDP, and at least one member should be an experienced property manager. Employees or officials of the locality shall not serve as members of the LBBCA.

D. Section 119.4 Conduct of members. No member shall hear an appeal in which that member has a conflict of interest in accordance with the State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act (§ 2.2-3100 et seq. of the Code of Virginia). Members shall not discuss the substance of an appeal with any other party or their representatives prior to any hearings.

E. Section 119.5 Right of appeal; filing of appeal application. [ The owner of a building or structure, the owner's agent or any other person involved in the design or construction of a building or structure may appeal a decision of the building official concerning the Any person aggrieved by the local building department's ] application of the USBC [ to such building or structure and may also appeal a or the ] refusal [ by the building official ] to grant a modification to the provisions of the USBC [ pertaining to such building or structure may appeal to the LBBCA ]. The applicant shall submit a written request for appeal to the LBBCA within 30 calendar days of the receipt of the decision being appealed. The application shall contain the name and address of the owner of the building or structure and in addition, the name and address of the person appealing, when the applicant is not the owner. A copy of the building official's decision shall be submitted along with the application for appeal and maintained as part of the record. The application shall be marked by the LBBCA to indicate the date received. Failure to submit an application for appeal within the time limit established by this section shall constitute acceptance of a building official's decision.

Note: To the extent that a decision of a building official pertains to amusement devices there may be a right of appeal under the VADR.

F. Section 119.6 Meetings and postponements. The LBBCA shall meet within 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of the application for appeal, except that a longer time period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal. A notice indicating the time and place of the hearing shall be sent to the parties in writing to the addresses listed on the application at least 14 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, except that a lesser time period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal. When a quorum of the LBBCA is not present at a hearing to hear an appeal, any party involved in the appeal shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing. The LBBCA shall reschedule the appeal within 30 calendar days of the postponement, except that a longer time period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal.

G. Section 119.7 Hearings and decision. All hearings before the LBBCA shall be open meetings and the appellant, the appellant's representative, the locality's representative and any person whose interests are affected by the building official's decision in question shall be given an opportunity to be heard. The chairman shall have the power and duty to direct the hearing, rule upon the acceptance of evidence and oversee the record of all proceedings. The LBBCA shall have the power to uphold, reverse or modify the decision of the official by a concurring vote of a majority of those present. Decisions of the LBBCA shall be final if no further appeal is made. The decision of the LBBCA shall be by resolution signed by the chairman and retained as part of the record of the appeal. Copies of the resolution shall be sent to all parties by certified mail. In addition, the resolution shall contain the following wording:

"Any person who was a party to the appeal may appeal to the State Review Board by submitting an application to such Board within 21 calendar days upon receipt by certified mail of this resolution. Application forms are available from the Office of the State Review Board, 501 North Second 600 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, (804) 371-7150."

H. Section 119.8 Appeals to the State Review Board. After final determination by the LBBCA in an appeal, any person who was a party to the appeal may further appeal to the State Review Board. In accordance with § 36-98.2 of the Code of Virginia for state-owned buildings and structures, appeals by an involved state agency from the decision of the building official for state-owned buildings or structures shall be made directly to the State Review Board. The application for appeal shall be made to the State Review Board within 21 calendar days of the receipt of the decision to be appealed. Failure to submit an application within that time limit shall constitute an acceptance of the building official's decision. For appeals from a LBBCA, a copy of the building official's decision and the resolution of the LBBCA shall be submitted with the application for appeal to the State Review Board. Upon request by the office of the State Review Board, the LBBCA shall submit a copy of all pertinent information from the record of the appeal. In the case of appeals involving state-owned buildings or structures, the involved state agency shall submit a copy of the building official's decision and other relevant information with the application for appeal to the State Review Board. Procedures of the State Review Board are in accordance with Article 2 (§ 36-108 et seq.) of Chapter 6 of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia. Decisions of the State Review Board shall be final if no further appeal is made.

13VAC5-63-200

 13VAC5-63-200. Chapter 2 Definitions: Section 202 Definitions.

A. Add the following definitions to Section 202 of the IBC to read:

Aboveground liquid fertilizer storage tank (ALFST). A device that contains an accumulation of liquid fertilizer (i) constructed of nonearthen materials, such as concrete, steel or plastic, that provide structural support; (ii) having a capacity of 100,000 gallons (378 500 L) or greater; and (iii) the volume of which is more than 90% above the surface of the ground. The term does not include any wastewater treatment or wastewater storage tank, utility or industry pollution control equipment. ]

Building regulations. Any law, rule, resolution, regulation, ordinance or code, general or special, or compilation thereof, heretofore or hereafter enacted or adopted by the Commonwealth or any county or municipality, including departments, boards, bureaus, commissions, or other agencies thereof, relating to construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, repair, maintenance, or use of structures and buildings and installation of equipment therein. The term does not include zoning ordinances or other land use controls that do not affect the manner of construction or materials to be used in the erection, alteration or repair of a building or structure.

Change of occupancy. A change in the use or occupancy of any building or structure which would place the building or structure in a different division of the same group of occupancies or in a different group of occupancies; or a change in the purpose or level of activity within a building or structure that involves a change in application of the requirements of this code. ]

Construction. The construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, or conversion of buildings and structures.

Day-night average sound level (Ldn). See Section 1202.1.

DHCD. The Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development.

Emergency communication equipment. See Section 902.1.

Emergency public safety personnel. See Section 902.1.

Equipment. Plumbing, heating, electrical, ventilating, air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment, elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, and other mechanical additions or installations.

Farm building or structure. A building or structure not used for residential purposes, located on property where farming operations take place, and used primarily for any of the following uses or combination thereof:

1. Storage, handling, production, display, sampling or sale of agricultural, horticultural, floricultural or silvicultural products produced in the farm.

2. Sheltering, raising, handling, processing or sale of agricultural animals or agricultural animal products.

3. Business or office uses relating to the farm operations.

4. Use of farm machinery or equipment or maintenance or storage of vehicles, machinery or equipment on the farm.

5. Storage or use of supplies and materials used on the farm.

6. Implementation of best management practices associated with farm operations.

Industrialized building. A combination of one or more sections or modules, subject to state regulations and including the necessary electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and other service systems, manufactured off-site and transported to the point of use for installation or erection, with or without other specified components, to comprise a finished building. Manufactured homes shall not be considered industrialized buildings for the purpose of this code.

Hospice facility. See Section 308.3.1. ]

LBBCA. Local board of building code appeals (LBBCA). See Section 119.1.

Liquid fertilizer. A fluid in which a fertilizer is in true solution. This term does not include anhydrous ammonia or a solution used in pollution control. ]

Local building department. The agency or agencies of any local governing body charged with the administration, supervision, or enforcement of this code, approval of construction documents, inspection of buildings or structures, or issuance of permits, licenses, certificates or similar documents.

Local governing body. The governing body of any city, county or town in this Commonwealth.

Locality. A city, county or town in this Commonwealth.

Manufactured home. A structure subject to federal regulation, which is transportable in one or more sections; is eight body feet or more in width and 40 body feet or more in length in the traveling mode, or is 320 or more square feet when erected on site; is built on a permanent chassis; is designed to be used as a single-family dwelling, with or without a permanent foundation, when connected to the required utilities; and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems contained in the structure.

Night club. Any building in which the main use is a place of public assembly that provides exhibition, performance or other forms of entertainment; serves alcoholic beverages; and provides music and space for dancing.

Skirting. A weather-resistant material used to enclose the space from the bottom of the manufactured home to grade.

Sound transmission class (STC) rating. See Section 1202.1.

State regulated care facility (SRCF). A building with an occupancy in Group R-2, R-3, R-4 or R-5 occupied by persons in the care of others where program oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social Services, the Virginia [ Department of  ] Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Substance Abuse Behavioral Health and Developmental Services, the Virginia Department of Education or the Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice.

State Review Board. The Virginia State Building Code Technical Review Board as established under § 36-108 of the Code of Virginia.

Technical assistant. Any person employed by or under an extended contract to a local building department or local enforcing agency for enforcing the USBC, including but not limited to inspectors and plans reviewers. For the purpose of this definition, an extended contract shall be a contract with an aggregate term of 18 months or longer.

Technical production area. See Section 410.2. ]

VADR. The Virginia Amusement Device Regulations (13VAC5-31).

VCS. The Virginia Certification Standards (13VAC5-21).

Working day. A day other than Saturday, Sunday or a legal local, state or national holiday.

B. Change the following definitions in Section 202 of the IBC to read:

Ambulatory health care facility. Buildings or portions thereof that are licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as outpatient surgical hospitals. ]

Building. A combination of materials, whether portable or fixed, having a roof to form a structure for the use or occupancy by persons, or property. The word "building" shall be construed as though followed by the words "or part or parts thereof" unless the context clearly requires a different meaning. "Building" shall not include roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation, which shall be governed by construction and design standards approved by the Virginia Commonwealth Transportation Board.

For application of this code, each portion of a building that is completely separated from other portions by fire walls complying with Section 705 706 shall be considered as a separate building (see IBC Section 503.1).

Canopy. A structure or architectural projection of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that provides weather protection, identity or decoration and may be structurally independent or supported by attachment to a building on one end by not less than one stanchion on the outer end.

Owner. The owner or owners of the freehold of the premises or lesser estate therein, a mortgagee or vendee in possession, assignee of rents, receiver, executor, trustee or lessee in control of a building or structure.

Registered Design Professional (RDP). An architect or professional engineer, licensed to practice architecture or engineering, as defined under § 54.1-400 of the Code of Virginia.

Structure. An assembly of materials forming a construction for occupancy or use including stadiums, gospel and circus tents, reviewing stands, platforms, stagings, observation towers, radio towers, water tanks, storage tanks (underground and aboveground), trestles, piers, wharves, swimming pools, amusement devices, storage bins, and other structures of this general nature but excluding water wells. The word "structure" shall be construed as though followed by the words "or part or parts thereof" unless the context clearly requires a different meaning. "Structure" shall not include roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation, which shall be governed by construction and design standards approved by the Virginia Commonwealth Transportation Board.

C. Delete the following definitions from Section 202 of the IBC:

Agricultural, building.

Existing building structure.

Fly gallery.

Gridiron. ]

13VAC5-63-210

13VAC5-63-210. Chapter 3 Use and occupancy classification.

A. Change exception 15 13 of Section 307.1 of the IBC to read:

15. 13. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant and small arms primers in Groups M, R-3 and R-5 and special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F, M and S, provided such storage conforms to the quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the International Fire Code, as amended in Section 307.9.

B. Add Section 307.9 to the IBC to read:

307.9 Amendments. The following changes shall be made to the International Fire Code for the use of Exception 15 13 in Section 307.1:

1. Change Section 314.1 of the IFC to read as follows:

314.1 General. Indoor displays constructed within any building or structure shall comply with Sections 314.2 through 314.5.

2. Add new Section 314.5 to the IFC to read as follows:

314.5 Smokeless powder and small arms primers. Vendors shall not store, display or sell smokeless powder or small arms primers during trade shows inside exhibition halls except as follows:

1. The amount of smokeless powder each vender may store is limited to the storage arrangements and storage amounts established in Section 3306.5.2.1.

2. Smokeless powder shall remain in the manufacturer's original sealed container and the container shall remain sealed while inside the building. The repackaging of smokeless powder shall not be performed inside the building. Damaged containers shall not be repackaged inside the building and shall be immediately removed from the building in such manner to avoid spilling any powder.

3. There shall be at least 50 feet separation between vendors and 20 feet from any exit.

4. Small arms primers shall be displayed and stored in the manufacturer's original packaging and in accordance with the requirements of Section 3306.5.2.3.

3. Change Exception 4 and add Exceptions 10 and 11 to Section 3301.1 of the IFC as follows:

4. The possession, storage and use of not more than 15 pounds (6.75 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 20 pounds (9 kg) of smokeless powder and any amount of small arms primers for hand loading of small arms ammunition for personal consumption.

10. The display of small arms primers in Group M when in the original manufacturer's packaging.

11. The possession, storage and use of not more than 50 pounds (23 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless powder, and small arms primers for hand loading of small arms ammunition for personal consumption in Group R-3 or R-5, or 200 pounds (91 kg) of smokeless powder when stored in the manufacturer's original containers in detached Group U structures at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5.

4. Change the definition of Smokeless Propellants in Section 3302.1 of the IFC as follows:

SMOKELESS PROPELLANTS. Solid propellants, commonly referred to as smokeless powders, or any propellants classified by DOTn as smokeless propellants in accordance with NA3178 (Smokeless Powder for Small Arms), used in small arms ammunition, firearms, cannons, rockets, propellant-actuated devices and similar articles.

5. Change Section 3306.4 of the IFC to read as follows:

3306.4 Storage in residences. Propellants for personal use in quantities not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) of black powder or 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless powder shall be stored in original containers in occupancies limited to Group R-3 and R-5 or 200 pounds (91 kg) of smokeless powder when stored in the manufacturer's original containers in detached Group U structures at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5. In other than Group R-3 or R-5, smokeless powder in quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) but not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) shall be kept in a wooden box or cabinet having walls of at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent.

6. Delete Sections 3306.4.1 and 3306.4.2 of the IFC.

7. Change Section 3306.5.1.1 of the IFC to read as follows:

3306.5.1.1 Smokeless propellant. No more than 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless propellants in containers of eight pounds (3.6 kg) or less capacity shall be displayed in Group M occupancies.

8. Delete Section 3306.5.1.3 of the IFC.

9. Change Section 3306.5.2.1 of the IFC as follows:

3306.5.2.1 Smokeless propellant. Commercial stocks of smokeless propellants shall be stored as follows:

1. Quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg), but not exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg) shall be stored in portable wooden boxes having walls of at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent.

2. Quantities exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg), but not exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg), shall be stored in storage cabinets having walls at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. Not more than 400 pounds (182 kg) shall be stored in any one cabinet, and cabinets shall be separated by a distance of at least 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition having a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour.

3. Storage of quantities exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg), but not exceeding 5,000 pounds (2270 kg) in a building shall comply with all of the following:

3.1. The storage is inaccessible to unauthorized personnel.

3.2. Smokeless propellant shall be stored in nonportable storage cabinets having wood walls at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent and having shelves with no more than 3 feet (914 mm) of vertical separation between shelves.

3.3. No more than 400 pounds (182 kg) is stored in any one cabinet.

3.4. Cabinets shall be located against walls with at least 40 feet (12 192 mm) between cabinets. The minimum required separation between cabinets may be reduced to 20 feet (6096 mm) provided that barricades twice the height of the cabinets are attached to the wall, midway between each cabinet. The barricades must extend a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) outward, be firmly attached to the wall, and be constructed of steel not less than 0.25 inch thick (6.4 mm), 2-inch (51 mm) nominal thickness wood, brick, or concrete block.

3.5. Smokeless propellant shall be separated from materials classified as combustible liquids, flammable liquids, flammable solids, or oxidizing materials by a distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition having a fire-resistance rating of 1 hour.

3.6. The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

4. Smokeless propellants not stored according to Item 1, 2, or 3 above shall be stored in a Type 2 or 4 magazine in accordance with Section 3304 and NFPA 495.

D. C.Change Section 308.2 of the IBC to read:

308.2 Group I-1. This occupancy shall include buildings, structures or parts thereof housing more than 16 persons, on a 24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other reasons, live in a supervised residential environment that provides personal care services. The occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Alcohol and drug centers

Assisted living facilities

Congregate care facilities

Group homes

Halfway houses

Residential board and care facilities

Social rehabilitation facilities

Exception: In Group I-1 occupancies, not more than five of the residents may require physical assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation when all residents that may require the physical assistance reside on a single level of exit discharge.

A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. A facility such as above, housing at least six and not more than 16 persons, shall be classified as Group R-4.

D. Change Section 308.3 of the IBC to read:

308.3 Group I-2. This occupancy shall include buildings and structures used for medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing or custodial care for persons who are not capable of self-preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Child care facilities

Convalescent facilities

Detoxification facilities

Hospice facilities

Hospitals

Mental hospitals

Nursing homes

Exception: Hospice facilities occupied by 16 or less occupants, excluding staff, are permitted to be classified as Group R-4.

E. Add the following definition to Section 308.3.1 of the IBC:

Hospice facility. An institution, place, or building owned or operated by a hospice provider and licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospice facility to provide room, board, and palliative and supportive medical and other health services to terminally ill patients and their families, including respite and symptom management, on a 24-hour basis to individuals requiring such care pursuant to the orders of a physician.

F. ] Change Section 308.5.2 of the IBC to read:

308.5.2 Child care facility. A facility other than family day homes under Section 310.4 that provides supervision and personal care on less than a 24-hour basis for more than five children 2-1/2 years of age or less shall be classified as Group I-4.

Exception: A child day care facility that provides care for more than five but no more than 100 children 2-1/2 years or less of age, when where the rooms where such in which the children are cared for are located on the a level of exit discharge serving such rooms and each of these child care rooms has an exit door directly to the exterior, shall be classified as Group E.

E.D. G. ] Change occupancy classifications "R-1" and "R-4" and add new occupancy classification "R-5" to Section 310 of the IBC to read:

R-1 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units where the occupants are primarily transient in nature, including:

Boarding houses (transient)

Hotels (transient)

Motels (transient)

Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer occupants are permitted to comply with the construction requirements for Group R-3.

Exceptions:

1. Nonproprietor occupied bed and breakfast and other transient boarding facilities not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a maximum of 10 occupants total are permitted to be classified as either Group R-3 or Group R-5 provided that smoke alarms are installed in compliance with Section 907.2.10.1.2 for Group R-3 or Section 313.1 of the International Residential Code for Group R-5.

2. Proprietor occupied bed and breakfast and other transient boarding facilities not more than three stories above grade plane in height, that are also occupied as the residence of the proprietor, with a maximum of five guest room sleeping units provided for the transient occupants are permitted to be classified as either Group R-3 or R-5 provided that smoke alarms are installed in compliance with Section 907.2.10.1.2 for Group R-3 or Section 313.1 of the International Residential Code for Group R-5.

R-4 Residential occupancies shall include buildings arranged for occupancy as residential care/assisted living facilities including more than five but not more than 16 occupants, excluding staff [ and buildings arranged for occupancy as hospice facilities with not more than 16 occupants, excluding staff ].

Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this code, or shall comply with the International Residential Code with the additional requirement to provide IRC provided the building is protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.2.7.

Exception Exceptions ]:

1. ] Group homes licensed by the Virginia Department of Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Substance Abuse Behavioral Health and Developmental Services [ or the Virginia Department of Social Services ] that house no more than eight persons with one or more resident counselors shall be classified as Group R-2, R-3, R-4 or R-5. Not more than five of the persons may require physical assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation.

2. In Group R-4 occupancies, not more than five of the residents may require physical assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation when all residents who may require the physical assistance from staff reside on a single level of exit discharge and other than using a ramp, a change of elevation using steps or stairs is not within the path of egress to an exit door.

3. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services that house no more than eight persons, with one or more resident counselors, and all of the residents are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff, may be classified as Group R-2, R-3 or R-5.

4. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services that house no more than eight persons, with one or more resident counselors, may be classified as Group R-5 when in compliance with all of the following:

4.1. The building is protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3 or Section P2904 of the IRC.

4.2. Not more than five of the residents may require physical assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation.

4.3. All residents who may require physical assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation reside on a single level of exit discharge and other than using a ramp, a change in elevation using steps or stairs is not within the path of egress to an exit door.

5. Hospice facilities with five or fewer occupants are permitted to comply with the IRC provided the building is protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with IRC Section P2904 or IBC Section 903.3. ]

R-5 Residential occupancies in detached one- and two-family dwellings, townhouses and accessory structures within the scope of the International Residential Code, also referred to as the "IRC."

H. Change the definition of "Residential care/assisted living facilities" in Section 310.2 of the IBC to read:

Residential care/assisted living facilities. Any congregate residential setting that provides or coordinates personal and health care services, 24-hour supervision and assistance for the maintenance or care of four or more adults who are aged, infirm or disabled and who are cared for in a primarily residential setting, and provides for the protection, general supervision and oversight of the physical and mental well-being of aged, infirmed or disabled individuals. Residents are capable of self-evacuation. ]

F.E. I. ] Add Section 310.3 to the IBC to read:

310.3 Group R-5. The construction of Group R-5 structures shall comply with the IRC. The amendments to the IRC set out in Section 310.6 shall be made to the IRC for its use as part of this code. In addition, all references to Section 101.2 in the IBC relating to the construction of such structures subject to the IRC shall be considered to be references to this section.

G.F. J. ] Add Section 310.3.1 to the IBC to read:

310.3.1 Additional requirements. Methods of construction, materials, systems, equipment or components for Group R-5 structures not addressed by prescriptive or performance provisions of the IRC shall comply with applicable IBC requirements.

H.G. K. ] Add Section 310.4 to the IBC to read:

310.4 Family day homes. Family day homes where program oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be classified as Group R-2, R-3 or R-5.

Note: Family day homes may generally care for up to 12 children. See the DHCD Related Laws Package for additional information.

I.H. L. ] Add Section 310.5 to the IBC to read:

310.5 Radon-resistant construction in Group R-3 and R-4 structures. Group R-3 and R-4 structures shall be subject to the radon-resistant construction requirements in Appendix F in localities enforcing such requirements pursuant to Section R325 of the IRC.

J.I. M. ] Add Section 310.6 to the IBC to read:

310.6 Amendments to the IRC. The following changes shall be made to the IRC for its use as part of this code:

1. Add the following definitions to Section R202 to read:

Air-impermeable insulation. An insulation having an air permanence equal to or less than 0.02 L/s-m2 at 75 Pa pressure differential tested according to ASTM E2178 or E283.

Subsoil drain. A drain that collects subsurface water or seepage water and conveys such water to a place of disposal.

2. Change the definition of "Story above grade" in Section R202 to read:

Story above grade. Any story having its finished floor surface entirely above grade, except that a basement shall be considered as a story above grade where the finished surface of the floor above the basement meets any one of the following:

1. Is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the grade plane.

2. Is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the finished ground level for more than 50% of the total building perimeter.

3. Is more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground level at any point.

3. 1. Change Section R301.2.1 to read:

R301.2.1 Wind limitations. Buildings and portions thereof shall be limited by wind speed, as defined in [ Figure Table ] R301.2(1), and construction methods in accordance with this code. Basic wind speeds shall be determined from [ Table Figure ] R301.2(4). Where different construction methods and structural materials are used for various portions of a building, the applicable requirements of this section for each portion shall apply. Where loads for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings, exterior windows, skylights, garage doors and exterior doors are not otherwise specified, the loads listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted for height and exposure using Table R301.2(3) shall be used to determine design load performance requirements for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings, exterior windows, skylights, garage doors and exterior doors. Asphalt shingles shall be designed for wind speeds in accordance with Section R905.2.6. Wind speeds for localities in special wind regions, near mountainous terrain, and near gorges shall be based on elevation. Areas at 4,000 feet in elevation or higher shall use 110 V mph (48.4 m/s) and areas under 4,000 feet in elevation shall use 90 V mph (39.6 m/s). Gorge areas shall be based on the highest recorded speed per locality or in accordance with local jurisdiction requirements determined in accordance with Section 6.5.4 of ASCE 7.

4. 2. Change Section R301.2.1.1 to read:

R301.2.1.1 Design criteria. Construction in regions where the basic wind speeds from Figure R301.2(4) equal or exceed 110 miles per hour (49 m/s) shall be designed in accordance with one of the following: methods. The elements of design not addressed by those documents in items 1 through 4 shall be in accordance with this code.

1. American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA) Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings (WFCM); or

2. Southern Building Code Congress International Standard for Hurricane Resistant Residential Construction (SSTD 10) International Code Council (ICC)Standards Standard ] for Residential Construction in High Wind Regions (ICC-600); or

3. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE-7); or

4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-Family Dwellings (COFS/PM) with Supplement to Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-Family Dwellings (AISI S230).

5. Concrete construction shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of this code.

6. Structural insulated panel (SIP) walls shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of this code.

5. Change Table R301.7 to read:

Table R301.7
Allowable Deflection of Structural Membersa,b,c,d

Structural Member

Allowable Deflection

Rafters having slopes greater than 3/12 with no finished ceiling attached to rafters

L/180

Interior walls and partitions

H/180

Floors and plastered ceilings

L/360

All other structural members

L/240

Exterior walls with plaster or stucco finish

H/360

Exterior walls–wind loadsa with brittle finishes

H/240

Exterior walls–wind loadsa with flexible finishes

H/120d

Veneer masonry walls

L/600

Note: L = span length, H = span height.

aThe wind load shall be permitted to be taken as 0.7 times the Component and Cladding loads for the purpose of determining deflection limits herein.

bFor cantilever members, L shall be taken as twice the length of the cantilever.

cFor aluminum structural members or panels used in roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers, not supporting edge of glass or sandwich panels, the total load deflection shall not exceed L/60. For sandwich panels used in roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers, the total load deflection shall not exceed L/120.

dDeflection for exterior walls with interior gypsum board finish shall be limited to an allowable deflection of H/180.

6. Change Section R302.1 to read:

R302.1 Exterior walls. Construction, projections, openings and penetrations of exterior walls of dwellings and accessory buildings shall comply with Table R302.1.

Exceptions:

1. Walls, projections, openings or penetrations in walls perpendicular to the line use to determine the fire separation distance.

2. Walls of dwellings and accessory structures located on the same lot.

3. Detached tool sheds and storage sheds, playhouses and similar structures exempted from permits are not required to provide wall protection based on location on the lot. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not extend over the lot line.

4. Detached garages accessory to a dwelling located within two feet (610 mm) of a lot line are permitted to have roof eave projections not exceeding four inches (102 mm).

5. Foundation vents installed in compliance with this code are permitted.

3.Change Section R301.2.2.1.1 to read:

R301.2.2.1.1 Alternate determination of seismic design category. The Seismic Design Categories and corresponding Short Period Design Spectral Response Accelerations, SDS shown in Figure R301.2(2) are based on soil Site Class D, as defined in Section 1613.5.2 of the International Building Code. If soil conditions are other than Site Class D, the Short Period Design Spectral Response Accelerations, SDS, for a site can be determined according to Section 1613.5 of the International Building Code. The value of SDS determined according to Section 1613.5 of the International Building Code is permitted to be used to set the seismic design category according to Table R301.2.2.1.1, and to interpolate between values in Tables R602.10.3(3), R603.7 and other seismic design requirements of this code.

4. Delete Section R301.2.2.3 and all subsections.

5. Delete Section R301.2.2.4.

6. Change the exception to Item 1 of Section R301.3 to read:

Exception: For wood framed wall buildings with bracing in accordance with Section R602.10, the wall stud clear height used to determine the maximum permitted story height may be increased to 12 feet (3658 mm) without requiring an engineered design for the building wind and seismic force resisting systems.

7. Add Exception 6 to Section R302.1 to read:

6. Decks and open porches.

8. Change the last column and add footnote "a" to Table R302.1 as shown:

Minimum Fire Separation Distance

<5 feeta

≥5 feeta

≥2 feet to 5 feeta

5 feeta

<3 feet

3 feet

5 feeta

<5 feeta

5 feeta

aThe minimum fire separation distance shall be reduced to three feet in developments which are fully sprinklered as provided for in Sections R313.1 or R313.2.

9. ] Change the exception in Section R302.2 to require a common two-hour fire-resistance-rated wall instead of a one-hour fire-resistance-rated wall, unless the townhouse development is fully sprinklered as provided for in Section R313.1, in which case a common one-hour fire-resistive-rated wall shall be permitted between townhouses ].

4. 10. ] Add the following sentence to the end of Section R302.3 to read:

Dwelling unit separation wall assemblies that are constructed on a lot line shall be constructed as required in Section R302.2 for townhouses.

7.5. 11. ] Add an exception to Section R303.8 to read:

Exception: Seasonal structures not used as a primary residence for more than 90 days per year, unless rented, leased or let on terms expressed or implied to furnish heat, shall not be required to comply with this section.

8.6. 12. ] Add Section R303.8.1 to read:

R303.8.1 Nonowner occupied required heating. Every dwelling unit or portion thereof which is to be rented, leased or let on terms either expressed or implied to furnish heat to the occupants thereof shall be provided with facilities in accordance with Section R303.8 during the period from October 15 to May 1.

9.7. 13. ] Add Section R303.9 to read:

R303.9 Insect screens. Every door, window and other outside opening required for ventilation purposes shall be supplied with approved tightly fitted screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device.

10.8. 14. ] Add Section R306.5 to read:

R306.5 Water supply sources and sewage disposal systems. The water and drainage system of any building or premises where plumbing fixtures are installed shall be connected to a public or private water supply and a public or private sewer system. As provided for in Section 103.11 for functional design, water supply sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by the Virginia Department of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality.

Note: See also the Memorandums of Agreement in the "Related Laws Package," which is available from the Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development.

11.9. 15. ] Change Section R310.1 to read:

R310.1 Emergency escape and rescue required. Basements and each sleeping room designated on the construction documents shall have at least one openable emergency escape and rescue opening. Such opening shall be directly to the exterior of the building or to a deck, screen porch or egress court, all of which shall provide access to a public street, public alley or yard. Where emergency escape and rescue openings are provided, they shall have a sill height of not more than 44 inches (1118 mm) above the floor. Where a door opening having a threshold below the adjacent ground elevation serves as an emergency escape and rescue opening and is provided with a bulkhead enclosure, the bulkhead enclosure shall comply with Section R310.3. The net clear opening dimensions required by this section shall be obtained by the normal operation of the emergency escape and rescue opening from the inside, except that tilt-out or removable sash designed windows shall be permitted to be used. Emergency escape and rescue openings with a finished height below the adjacent ground elevation shall be provided with a window well in accordance with Section R310.2.

Exceptions:

1. Dwelling units equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 13R [ or, ] 13D [ or Section P2904 ].

2. Basements used only to house mechanical equipment and not exceeding total floor area of 200 square feet (18.58 m2).

12.10. 16. ] Change Section R310.1.1 to read:

R310.1.1 Minimum opening area. All emergency escape and rescue openings shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7 square feet (0.530 m2), including the tilting or removal of the sash as the normal operation to comply with sections R310.1.2 and R310.1.3.

Exception: Grade floor openings shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5 square feet (0.465 m2).

13.11. 17. ] Change Section R311.5.3.1 R311.7.4.1 to read:

R311.5.3.1 R311.7.4.1 Riser height. The maximum riser height shall be 8-1/4 inches (210 mm). The riser shall be measured vertically between the leading edges of the adjacent treads. The greatest riser height within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).

14.12. 18. ] Change Section R311.5.3.2 R311.7.4.2 to read:

R311.5.3.2 R311.7.4.2 Tread depth. The minimum tread depth shall be 9 inches (229 mm). The tread depth shall be measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right angle to the tread's leading edge. The greatest tread depth within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). Consistently shaped winders at the walkline shall be allowed within the same flight of stairs as rectangular treads and do not have to be within 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) of the rectangular tread depth. Winder treads shall have a minimum tread depth of 10 inches (254 mm) measured as above at a point 12 inches (305 mm) from the side where the treads are narrower between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads at the intersection with the walkline. Winder treads shall have a minimum tread depth of 6 inches (152 mm) at any point within the clear width of the stair. Within any flight of stairs, the greatest largest winder tread depth at the 12 inch (305 mm) walk line walkline shall not exceed the smallest winder tread by more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).

15.13. 19. ] Change Section R311.5.5 R311.7.6 to read:

R311.5.5 R311.7.6 Stairway walking surface. The walking surface of treads and landings of stairways shall be level or sloped no steeper than one unit vertical in 48 inches horizontal (two-percent slope).

16. Change Section R317.1 to read:

R317.1 Two-family dwellings. Dwelling units in two-family dwellings shall be separated from each other by wall and/or floor assemblies having not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E119. Fire-resistance-rated floor-ceiling and wall assemblies shall extend to and be tight against the exterior wall, and wall assemblies shall extend to and be tight against the underside of the roof sheathing. Dwelling unit separation wall assemblies, which are constructed on a lot line, shall be constructed as required in Section R317.1 for townhouses.

Exceptions:

1. A fire-resistance rating of 1/2 hour shall be permitted in buildings located entirely on the same lot and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13.

2. For two-family dwellings located on the same lot, wall assemblies need not extend through attic spaces when the ceiling is protected by not less than 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board and an attic draft stop constructed as specified in Section R502.12.1 is provided above and along the wall assembly separating the dwellings. The structural framing supporting the ceiling shall also be protected by not less than 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board or equivalent.

14. 20. ] Replace Section R313 with the following:

Section R313.

Automatic Fire Sprinkler Systems.

R313.1 Townhouse automatic fire sprinkler systems. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 103.8, where installed, an automatic residential fire sprinkler system for townhouses shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904.

Exception: An automatic residential fire sprinkler system shall not be required when additions or alterations are made to existing townhouses that do not have an automatic residential fire sprinkler system installed.

R313.2 One- and two-family dwellings automatic fire sprinkler systems. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 103.8, where installed, an automatic residential fire sprinkler system shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904.

Exception: An automatic residential fire sprinkler system shall not be required for additions or alterations to existing buildings that are not already provided with an automatic residential fire sprinkler system.

21. Change Section R314.2 to read:

R314.2 Smoke detection systems. Household fire alarm systems installed in accordance with NFPA 72 that include smoke alarms, or a combination of smoke detector and audible notification device installed as required by this section for smoke alarms, shall be permitted. The household fire alarm system shall provide the same level of smoke detection and alarm as required by this section for smoke alarms. Where a household fire warning system is installed using a combination of smoke detector and audible notification device(s), the system shall become a permanent fixture of the dwelling unit.

Exception: Where smoke alarms are provided meeting the requirements of Section R314.4.

22. Delete Section R314.3.1.

23. Delete Section R315.2.

24. Change Section R315.2 to read:

R315.3 Alarm requirements. Single station carbon monoxide alarms shall be hard wired, plug-in or battery type; listed as complying with UL 2034; and installed in accordance with this code and the manufacturer's installation instructions. ]

17.15. 25. ] Add Section R325 R324 Radon-Resistant Construction.

18.16. 26. ] Add Section R325.1 R324.1 to read:

R325.1 R324.1 Local enforcement of radon requirements. Following official action under Article 7 (§ 15.2-2280 et seq.) of Chapter 22 of Title 15.2 of the Code of Virginia by a locality in areas of high radon potential, as indicated by Zone 1 on the U.S. EPA Map of Radon Zones (IRC Figure AF101), such locality shall enforce the provisions contained in Appendix F.

Exemption Exception ]: Buildings or portions thereof with crawl space foundations which are ventilated to the exterior, shall not be required to provide radon-resistant construction.

19.17. 27. ] Add Section R326 R325 Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs.

20.18. 28. ] Add Section R326.1 R325.1 to read:

R326.1 R325.1 Use of Appendix G for swimming pools, spas and hot tubs. In addition to other applicable provisions of this code, swimming pools, spas and hot tubs shall comply with the provisions in Appendix G.

21.19. 29. ] Add Section R327 R326 Patio Covers.

22.20. 30. ] Add Section R327.1 R326.1 to read:

R327.1 R326.1 Use of Appendix H for patio covers. Patio covers shall comply with the provisions in Appendix H.

23.21. 31. ] Add Section R328 R327 Sound Transmission.

24.22. 32. ] Add Section R328.1 R327.1 to read:

R328.1 R327.1 Sound transmission between dwelling units. Construction assemblies separating dwelling units shall provide airborne sound insulation as required in Appendix K.

25.23. 33. ] Add Section R328.2 R327.2 to read:

R328.2 R327.2 Airport noise attenuation. This section applies to the construction of the exterior envelope of detached one- and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more than three stories high with separate means or egress within airport noise zones when enforced by a locality pursuant to § 15.2-2295 of the Code of Virginia. The exterior envelope of such structures shall comply with Section 1207.4 of the state amendments to the IBC.

26. Change Section R401.4 to read:

R401.4 Soil tests. Where quantifiable data created by sound soil science methodologies indicate expansive, compressible, shifting or unknown soil characteristics are likely to be present, the building official shall determine whether to require a soil test to determine the soil's characteristics at a particular location. This test shall be made by an approved agency using an approved method.

34. Add Section R328 Gray Water and Rain Water Recycling Systems.

35. Add Section R328.1 to read:

R328.1 Use of Appendix O for gray water and rain water recycling systems. In addition to other applicable provisions of this code, gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling systems shall comply with the provisions in Appendix O. In the use of Appendix O for rain water recycling systems, the term "rain water" shall be substituted for the term "gray water." Gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling systems shall be separate systems and shall not be interconnected.

36. Add Section R329 Fire Extinguishers.

37. Add Section R329.1 to read:

R329.1 Kitchen areas. Other than where the dwelling is equipped with an approved sprinkler system in accordance with Section R313, a fire extinguisher having a rating of 2-A:10-B:C or an approved equivalent type of fire extinguisher shall be installed in the kitchen area.

38. Change Section R401.3 to read:

R401.3 Drainage. Surface drainage shall be diverted to a storm sewer conveyance or other approved point of collection that does not create a hazard to the dwelling unit. Lots shall be graded to drain surface water away from foundation walls. The grade shall fall a minimum of six inches (152 mm) within the first 10 feet (3048 mm).

Exception: Where lot lines, walls, slopes or other physical barriers prohibit six inches (152 mm) of fall within 10 feet (3048 mm), drains or swales shall be constructed to ensure drainage away from the structure. Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation shall be sloped a minimum of 2.0% away from the building. ]

27.24. 39. ] Change Section R403.1 to read:

R403.1 General. All exterior walls shall be supported on continuous solid or fully grouted masonry or concrete footings, wood foundations, or other approved structural systems which shall be of sufficient design to accommodate all loads according to Section R301 and to transmit the resulting loads to the soil within the limitations as determined from the character of the soil. Footings shall be supported on undisturbed natural soils or engineered fill.

Exception: One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, not exceeding 256 square feet (23.7824 m2) of building area, provided all of the following conditions are met:

1. The building eave height is 10 feet or less.

2. The maximum height from the finished floor level to grade does not exceed 18 inches.

3. The supporting structural elements in direct contact with the ground shall be placed level on firm soil and when such elements are wood they shall be approved pressure preservative treated suitable for ground contact use.

4. The structure is anchored to withstand wind loads as required by this code.

5. The structure shall be of light-frame construction whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily formed by a system of repetitive wood or light gauge steel framing members, with walls and roof of light weight material, not slate, tile, brick or masonry.

28. Change Section R404.1 to read as follows and delete Tables R404.1(1), R404.1(2) and R404.1(3):

R404.1 Concrete and masonry foundation walls. Concrete and masonry foundation walls shall be selected and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Section R404 or in accordance with ACI 318, ACI 332, NCMA TR68-A or ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 or other approved structural standards.

29. Change Section R408.1 to read:

R408.1 Ventilation. The under-floor space between the bottom of the floor joists and the earth under any building (except space occupied by a basement) shall have ventilation openings through foundation walls or exterior walls. The minimum net area of ventilation openings shall not be less than one square foot (0.0929 m2) for each 150 square feet (14 m2) of under-floor space area. One such ventilating opening shall be within three feet (914 mm) of each corner of the building.

Exception: When the exposed earth is covered with a continuous vapor barrier, the minimum net area of ventilation openings shall be not less than one square foot (0.0929 m2) for each 1,500 square feet (139 m2) of under-floor space area. Joints of the vapor retarder shall overlap by six inches (152 mm).

30. Change Section R408.2 to read:

R408.2 Openings for under-floor ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be covered for their height and width with any of the following materials provided that the least dimension of the covering shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6.4 mm):

1. Perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0.070 inch (1.8 mm) thick.

2. Expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch (1.2 mm) thick.

3. Cast-iron grill or grating.

4. Extruded load-bearing brick vents.

5. Hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier.

6. Corrosion-resistant wire mesh, with the least dimension being 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).

31. Add Section R502.2.2.1 to read:

R502.2.2.1 Deck ledger connection to band joist. For residential applications and a total design load of 50 psf, the connection between a pressure preservative treated southern pine (or approved decay-resistant species) deck ledger and a two-inch nominal band joist bearing on a sill plate or wall plate shall be constructed with 1/2-inch lag screws or bolts with washers per Table R502.2.2.1.

32. Add Table R502.2.2.1 to read:

Table R502.2.2.1

Fastener Spacing for a Residential Southern Pine Deck Ledger and a 2-inch Nominal Solid-Sawn Band Joist (50 psf total load)c

Joist Span (ft)

6' and less

6'-1" to 8'

8'-1" to 10'

10'-1" to 12'

12'-1" to 14'

14'-1" to 16'

16'-1" to 18'

 

On-Center Spacing of Fastenersd,e

1/2" x 4" Lag Screwa,b

30

23

18

15

13

11

10

1/2" Bolt with washers

36

36

34

29

24

21

19

aThe maximum gap between the face of the ledger board and face of the house band joist shall be 1/2 inch.

bThe tip of the lag screw shall fully extend beyond the inside face of the band joist.

cLedgers shall be flashed to prevent water from contacting the house band joist.

dLag screws and bolts shall be staggered as set out in Section R502.2.2.1.1.

eDeck ledger shall be 2x8 PPT No. 2 Southern Pine (minimum) or other approved method and material as established by standard engineering practice.

33. Add Section R502.2.2.1.1 to read:

R502.2.2.1.1 Placement of lag screws or bolts in residential deck ledgers. The lag screws or bolts shall be placed two inches in from the bottom or top of the deck ledgers and two inches in from the ends. The lag screws or bolts shall be staggered from the top to the bottom along the horizontal run of the deck ledger.

40. Change Exceptions 2 and 3 in Section R403.1.6 to read:

2. Walls 24 inches (610 mm) total length or shorter connecting offset braced wall panels shall be anchored to the foundation with a minimum of one anchor bolt located in the center third of the plate section.

3. Connection of walls 12 inches (305 mm) total length or shorter connecting offset braced wall panels to the foundation without anchor bolts shall be permitted.

41. Delete Item 5 of Section R403.1.6.1.

42. Add Section R408.3.1 to read:

R408.3.1 Termite inspection. Where an unvented crawl space is installed and meets the criteria in Section R408, the vertical face of the sill plate shall be clear and unobstructed and an inspection gap shall be provided below the sill plate along the top of any interior foundation wall covering. The gap shall be a minimum of one inch (25.4 mm) and a maximum of two inches (50.8 mm) in width and shall extend throughout all parts of any foundation that is enclosed. Joints between the sill plate and the top of any interior wall covering may be sealed.

Exceptions:

1. In areas not subject to damage by termites as indicated by Table R301.2(1).

2. Where other approved means are provided to inspect for potential damage.

Where pier and curtain foundations are installed as depicted in Figure R404.1.5(1), the inside face of the rim joist and sill plate shall be clear and unobstructed except for construction joints which may be sealed.

Exception: Fiberglass or similar insulation may be installed if easily removable.

43. Change Section R502.2.1 to read:

R502.2.1 Framing at braced wall panels. A load path for lateral forces shall be provided between floor framing and braced wall panels located above or below a floor, as specified in Sections R602.3.5 and R602.10.8. ]

34.25. 44. ] Change Section R506.2.1 to read:

R506.2.1 Fill. Fill material shall be free of vegetation and foreign material and shall be natural nonorganic material that is not susceptible to swelling when exposed to moisture. The fill shall be compacted to assure uniform support of the slab, and except where approved, the fill depth shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for clean sand or gravel and 8 inches (203 mm) for earth.

Exception: Material other than natural material may be used as fill material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by the building official.

35.26. 45. ] Change Section R506.2.2 to read:

R506.2.2 Base. A 4-inch-thick (102 mm) base course consisting of clean graded sand, gravel or crushed stone passing a 2-inch (51 mm) sieve shall be placed on the prepared subgrade when the slab is below grade.

Exception: A base course is not required when the concrete slab is installed on well drained or sand-gravel mixture soils classified as Group I according to the United Soil Classification System in accordance with Table R405.1. Material other than natural material may be used as base course material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by the building official.

46. Modify Table R602.3(1) to change and add items as shown:

7

Built-up studs, face nail

10d (3"x0.128")

24" o.c.

7a

Abutting studs at intersecting wall corners, face nail

16d (3½"x0.135")

12" o.c.

26a

Rim joist or blocking to sill plate, toe nail

8d (2½"x0.113")

6" o.c.

47. Add Section R602.3.5 to read:

R602.3.5 Braced wall panel uplift load path. Braced wall panels located at exterior walls that support roof rafters or trusses (including stories below top story) shall have the framing members connected in accordance with one of the following:

1. Fastening in accordance with Table R602.3(1) where:

1.1. The basic wind speed does not exceed 90 mph (40 m/s), the wind exposure category is B, the roof pitch is 5:12 or greater, and the roof span is 32 feet (9754 mm) or less, or

1.2. The net uplift value at the top of a wall does not exceed 100 plf (146 N/mm). The net uplift value shall be determined in accordance with Section R802.11 and shall be permitted to be reduced by 60 plf (57 N/mm) for each full wall above.

2. Where the net uplift value at the top of a wall exceeds 100 plf (146 N/mm), installing approved uplift framing connectors to provide a continuous load path from the top of the wall to the foundation or to a point where the uplift force is 100 plf (146 N/mm) or less. The net uplift value shall be as determined in Item 1.2 above.

3. Wall sheathing and fasteners designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice to resist combined uplift and shear forces.

48. Change Section R602.9 to read:

R602.9 Cripple walls. Foundation cripple walls shall be framed of studs not smaller than the studding above. When exceeding four feet (1219 mm) in height, such walls shall be framed of studs having the size required for an additional story.

Cripple walls with a stud height less than 14 inches (356 mm) shall be continuously sheathed on one side with wood structural panels fastened to both the top and bottom plates in accordance with Table R602.3(1), or the cripple walls shall be constructed of solid blocking. Cripple walls shall be supported on continuous foundations. ]

36.27. 49. ] Replace Section R602.10, including all subsections, with the following:

R602.10 Wall bracing. The use of this section is subject to the following clarification of cross-references:

1. In Sections R301.2.2.1.1 and R301.2.2.4.1, delete the references to Table R602.10.1.

2. In Section R301.3, delete the exception to Item 1.

3. References to Table R602.10.1 in all other provisions of the IRC except those in Items 1 and 2 above shall be references to Table R602.10.1.5 of this section.

4. In Section R403.1.6, delete the sentence that reads, "In Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and D2, anchor bolts shall be spaced at 6 feet (1829 mm) on center and located within 12 inches (304 mm) of the ends of each plate section at interior braced wall lines when required by Section R602.10.9 to be supported on a continuous foundation." In addition, all references to Figure R602.10.5 in Section R403.1.6 shall be references to Figure R602.10.3.3(1) of this section.

5. Change the reference in Section R502.2.1 from Section R602.10.8 to Section R602.10.5 of this section.

All new buildings, additions and conversions shall be braced in accordance with this section. Where a building, or portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements in this section, those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the International Building Code. For structures in areas where the wind speed from Table R301.2(1) is 110 mph or greater, an engineered design is required.

The building official may require the permit applicant to identify and locate on the construction documents bracing methods utilized.

R602.10.1 Braced wall lines. Braced wall lines shall be straight lines through the building plan at each level provided with braced wall panels to resist lateral load. The percentage, location and construction of braced wall panels shall be as specified in this section.

R602.10.1.1 Spacing of braced wall lines. In each story, spacing of parallel braced wall lines shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1. When braced wall lines exceed a spacing of 50 feet (15 240 mm), intermediate braced wall line(s) shall be provided. Each end of a braced wall line shall intersect perpendicularly with other braced wall lines or their projections.

R602.10.1.2 Braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be full-height sections of wall constructed along a braced wall line to resist lateral loads in accordance with the intermittent bracing methods specified in Section R602.10.2 or the continuous sheathing methods specified in Section R602.10.3. Mixing of bracing methods shall be permitted as follows:

1. Mixing bracing methods from story to story shall be permitted.

2. Mixing bracing methods from braced wall line to braced wall line within a story shall be permitted, except that continuous sheathing methods shall conform to the additional requirements of Section R602.10.3.

3. Mixing intermittent bracing methods along a braced wall line shall be permitted for single-family dwellings in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C and townhouses in Seismic Design Categories A and B. The required percentage of bracing for the braced wall line with mixed methods shall use the higher bracing percentage, per Table R602.10.1.5, of all methods used.

R602.10.1.3 Braced wall panel location. Braced wall panels shall be located at least every 25 feet (7620 mm) on center and shall begin no more than 12.5 feet (3810 mm) from each end of a braced wall line or its projection as shown in Figure R602.10.1.3(1) and Figure R602.10.4, but not less than the percentages given in Table R602.10.1.5. Braced wall lines with continuous sheathing shall conform to the additional requirements of Section R602.10.3.3.

All braced wall panels shall be permitted to be offset out-of-plane from the designated braced wall line up to 4 feet (1219 mm) provided the total out-to-out offset in any braced wall line is not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) as shown in Figure R602.10.1.3(2).

R602.10.1.4 Angled walls. The walls of a braced wall line shall be permitted to angle out of plane for a maximum diagonal length of 8 feet (2438 mm). Where the angled wall occurs at a corner, the length of the braced wall line shall be measured from the projected corner as shown in Figure R602.10.1.4. Where the diagonal length is greater than 8 feet (2438 mm), it shall be considered its own braced wall line.

R602.10.1.5 Minimum required percentage of bracing. The minimum required percentage of bracing along each braced wall line shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.1.5 and shall be the greater of that required by the Seismic Design Category or the design wind speed.

Table R602.10.1.5a,b,c
Minimum Required Percentage of Wall Bracing

Seismic Design Category (SDC) or Wind Speed

Floor

Minimum Required Percentage of Full-height Bracing per Wall Line

Braced wall line spacing less than or equal to 35'

Braced wall line spacing greater than 35' and less than or equal to 50'

Methods WSP, CS-WSP, CS-G, CS-PF

All other methodsd

Methods WSP, CS-WSP, CS-G, CS-PF

All other methodsd

SDC A, B or wind speed ≤100 mph

One-story house or top floor of a two- or three-story house.

16%

16%

23%

23%

First floor of a two-story or second floor of a three-story house.

16%

25%

23%

36%

First floor of a three-story house.

25%

35%

36%

50%

SDC C or wind speed <110 mph

One-story house or top floor of a two- or three-story house.

16%

25%

23%

36%

First floor of a two-story or second floor of a three-story house.

30%

45%

43%

64%

First floor of a three-story house.

45%

60%

64%

86%

For SI: 1 foot = 305 mm

aFoundation cripple wall panels shall be braced in accordance with Section R602.10.8.

bMethods of bracing shall be as described in Sections R602.10.2 and R602.10.3.

cThe total amount of bracing required for a given braced wall line shall be the product of the minimum required percentage and all the applicable adjustment factors described in Sections R602.10.4, R602.10.7 and R602.10.8.

dFor Method GB, the percentage required shall be doubled for one-sided applications.

R602.10.2 Intermittent bracing methods. Intermittent braced wall panels shall comply with this section. The location of each panel shall be identified on the construction documents.

R602.10.2.1 Intermittent braced wall panels. Intermittent braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with one of the methods listed in Table R602.10.2.1.

Table R602.10.2.1
Intermittent Bracing Methods

Method

Material

Minimum Thickness

Figure

Connection Criteria

LIB

Let-in-bracing

1x4 wood or approved metal straps at 45° to 60° angles

Wood: 2-8d nail per stud
Metal: per manufacturer

DWB

Diagonal wood board at 24" spacing

5/8"

2-8d (2-1/2" x 0.113") nails or 2 staples, 1-3/4" per stud

WSP

Wood structural panel

3/8"

6d common (2" x 0.113" nails at 6" spacing (panel edges) and at 12" spacing (intermediate supports) or 16 ga. x 1-3/4" staples: at 3" spacing (panel edges) at 6" spacing (intermediate supports

SFB

Structural fiberboard sheathing

1/2" or 25/32" for 16" stud spacing only

1-1/2" galvanized roofing nails or 8d common (2-1/2" x 0.113") nails at 3" spacing (panel edges) at 6" spacing (intermediate supports)

GB

Gypsum board

1/2"

Nails at 7" spacing at panel edges including top and bottom plates: for exterior sheathing nail size, see Table R602.3(1); for interior gypsum board nail size, see Table R702.3.5

PBS

Particleboard sheathing

3/8" or 1/2" for 16" stud spacing only

1-1/2" galvanized roofing nails or 8d common (2-1/2" x 0.113") nails at 3" spacing (panel edges) at 6" spacing (intermediate supports)

PCP

Portland cement plaster

See Section R703.6

1-1/2", 11 gage, 7/16" head nails at 16" spacing or 7/16", 16 gage staples at 6" spacing

HPS

Hardboard panel siding

7/16"

0.092" dia., 0.225" head nails with length to accommodate 1-1/2" penetration into studs at 4"

ABW

Alternate braced wall

See Figure R602.10.1(1)

See Figure R602.10.1(1)

IPF

Intermittent portal frame

See Figure R602.10.1(2)

See Figure R602.10.1(2)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm

 

R602.10.2.2 Minimum length of intermittent braced wall panels. The minimum length of each intermittent braced wall panel shall comply with Table R602.10.2.2. For Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, GB, PBS, PCP and HPS, each panel shall cover at least three studs where studs are spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center or at least two studs where studs are spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Only those full-height braced wall panels complying with the length requirements of Table R602.10.2.2(1) shall be permitted to contribute towards the minimum required percentage of bracing.

Exception: For Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP and HPS, panel lengths less than the dimensions shown in Table R602.10.2.2 shall be permitted provided the effective lengths in accordance with Table R602.10.2(2) are used in place of actual lengths when determining compliance with the percentage of bracing required by Table R602.10.1.5.

Table R602.10.2.2(1)
Minimum Length of Intermittent Braced Wall Panelsa,b

Bracing Method

Floor

Height of Intermittent Braced Wall Panel

8'

9'

10'

11'

12'

DWB, WSP, SFB, GBc, PBS, PCP, HPS

All

48"

48"

48"

53"

58"

ABW

All

28"

32"

34"

38"

42"

IPF

One-story house

16"

16"

16"

18"

20"

First floor of a two-story house

24"

24"

24"

27"

29"

For SI: 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 inch = 25.4 mm

aInterpolation shall be permitted.

bWhen determining compliance with the percentage of bracing required by Table R602.10.1.5, the effective length of Method LIB shall be equivalent to 48" (1219 mm) provided it complies with the Table R602.10.2.1.

cGypsum board applied to both sides of the braced wall panel; where the gypsum board is applied to one side, the required length shall be doubled.

 

Table R602.10.2(2)
Effective Lengths for Brace Wall Panels When Determining Percentage of Bracinga

Actual Length of Braced Wall Panel

Wall Height

8'

9'

10'

48"

48"

48"

48"

42"

36"

N/A

N/A

36"

27"

N/A

N/A

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

aInterpolation is permitted.

R602.10.2.3 Adhesive attachment of sheathing in Seismic Design Category C. Adhesive attachment of wall sheathing shall not be permitted in Seismic Design Category C.

R602.10.3 Continuous sheathing methods. Braced wall lines with continuous sheathing constructed in accordance with this section shall be permitted.

R602.10.3.1 Continuous sheathing braced wall panels. Continuous sheathing methods require structural panel sheathing to be used on all sheathable surfaces of a braced wall line including areas above and below openings and gable end walls. Braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with one of the methods listed in Table R602.10.3.1.

Table R602.10.3.1
Continuous Sheathing Methods

Method

Material

Minimum Thickness

Figure

Connection Criteria

CS-WSP

Wood structural panel

3/8"

6d common (2" x 0.113") nails at 6" spacing (panel edges) and at 12" spacing (intermediate supports) or 16 ga. x 1-3/4" staples: at 3" spacing (panel edges) and 6" spacing (intermediate supports)

CS-Ga

Wood structural panel supporting roof load only adjacent garage openings

3/8"

See Method CS-WSP

CS-PFb

Continuous portal frame

See Figure R602.10.3.1

See Figure R602.10.3.1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

aApplies to one wall of a garage only.

bThe number of continuous portal frame panels in a braced wall line shall not exceed four. Continuous portal frame panels shall not be stacked vertically in multi-story buildings.

R602.10.3.2 Length of braced wall panels with continuous sheathing. Braced wall panels along a braced wall line with continuous sheathing shall be full-height with a length based on the adjacent clear opening height in accordance with Table R602.10.3.2. Where a panel has an opening on either side of differing heights, the taller opening shall govern when determining the panel length from Table R602.10.3.2. Only those full-height braced wall panels complying with the length requirements of Table R602.10.3.2 shall be permitted to contribute towards the minimum required percentage of bracing per Table R602.10.1.5. For Method CS‑PF, wall height shall be measured from the top of the header to the bottom of the bottom plate as shown in Figure R602.10.4.3.1.

Table R602.10.3.2
Length Requirements for Braced Wall Panels In a Braced Wall Line with Continuous Sheathinga

Method

Adjacent Clear Opening Height

Wall Height

8'

9'

10'

11'

12'

CS-WSP

64"

24"

27"

30"

33"

36"

68"

26"

27"

30"

33"

36"

72"

28"

27"

30"

33"

36"

76"

29"

30"

30"

33"

36"

80"

31"

33"

30"

33"

36"

84"

35"

36"

33"

36"

36"

88"

39"

39"

36"

38"

36"

92"

44"

42"

39"

41"

36"

96"

48"

45"

42"

43"

39"

100"

 

48"

45"

47"

42"

104"

 

51"

48"

48"

44"

108"

 

54"

51"

51"

47"

112"

 

 

54"

53"

50"

116"

 

 

57"

56"

53"

120"

 

 

60"

58"

55"

124"

 

 

 

61"

58"

128"

 

 

 

63"

61"

132"

 

 

 

66"

64"

136"

 

 

 

 

66"

140"

 

 

 

 

69"

144"

 

 

 

 

72"

CS-G

≤120"

 

 

 

 

36"

CS-PF

≤120"

 

 

 

 

24"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm

aInterpolation is permitted.

R602.10.3.3 Braced wall panel location and corner construction. Full-height wall panels complying with the length requirements of Table R602.10.3.2 shall be located at each end of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing and at least every 25 feet (7620 mm) on center.

A minimum 24 inch (610 mm) wood structural panel corner return shall be provided at both ends of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing in accordance with Figures R602.10.3.3(1) and R602.10.3.3(2). In lieu of the corner return, a hold-down device with a minimum uplift design value of 800 lb (3560 N) shall be fastened to the corner stud and to the foundation or framing below in accordance with Figure R602.10.3.3(3).

Exception: The first braced wall panel shall be permitted to begin 12.5 feet (3810 mm) from each end of the braced wall line provided one of the following is satisfied:

1. A minimum 24 inch (610 mm) long, full-height wood structural panel is provided at both sides of a corner constructed in accordance with Figures R602.10.3.3(1) and R602.10.3.3(4); or

2. The braced wall panel closest to the corner shall have a hold-down device with a minimum uplift design value of 800 lb (3560 N) fastened to the stud at the edge of the braced wall panel closest to the corner and to the foundation or framing below in accordance with Figure R602.10.3.3(5).

R602.10.4 Braced wall panel finish material. Braced wall panels shall have 1/2-inch thick gypsum board installed on the side of the wall opposite the bracing material and fastened in accordance with Table R702.3.5.

Exceptions:

1. Braced wall panels that are constructed in accordance with Methods GB, ABW, IPF and CS‑PF.

2. When an approved interior finish material with an in-plane shear resistance equivalent to gypsum board is installed.

3. For Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, and HPS, interior gypsum board may be partially or entirely omitted provided the minimum required percentage of bracing in Table R602.10.1.5 is multiplied by an adjustment factor of 1.5.

R602.10.5 Braced wall panel connections. Braced wall panels shall be connected to floor/ceiling framing or foundations as follows:

1. Where framing is perpendicular to a braced wall panel above or below, a rim joist or blocking shall be provided along the entire length of the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.5(1). Fastening of wall plates to framing, rim joist or blocking shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(1).

2. Where framing is parallel to a braced wall panel above or below, a rim joist, end joist or other parallel framing member shall be provided directly above and below the panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.5(2). Where a parallel framing member cannot be located directly above and below the panel, full-depth blocking at 16 inch (406 mm) spacing shall be provided between the parallel framing members to each side of the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.5(2). Fastening of blocking and wall plates shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(1).

3. Connections of braced wall panels to concrete or masonry shall be in accordance with Section R403.1.6.

R602.10.6 Braced wall panel support. Braced wall panels shall be supported as follows:

1. Braced wall panels shall be permitted to be supported on cantilevered floor joists meeting the cantilever limits of Section R502.3.3 provided joists are blocked at the nearest bearing wall location.

2. Elevated post or pier foundations supporting braced wall panels shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

3. Masonry stem walls supporting braced wall panels with a length of 48 inches (1220 mm) or less shall be reinforced in accordance with Figure R602.10.6. Masonry stem walls supporting braced wall panels with a length greater than 48 inches (1220 mm) shall be constructed in accordance with Section R403.1. Braced wall panels constructed in accordance with Methods ABW and IPF shall not be permitted to attach to masonry stem walls.

R602.10.7 Panel joints. All vertical joints of braced wall panel sheathing shall occur over and be fastened to common studs. Horizontal joints in braced wall panels shall occur over and be fastened to common blocking of a minimum 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thickness. Panel joints for Method IPF shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.2.1(2). Panel joints for Method CS-PF shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.3.1.

Exception: Blocking at horizontal joints shall not be required in braced wall panels constructed using Methods WSP, SFB, GB, PBS or HPS where the percentage of bracing required by Table R602.10.1.5 is multiplied by an adjustment factor of 2.0.

R602.10.8 Cripple wall bracing. Cripple walls shall be braced with a percentage and type of bracing as required for the wall above in accordance with Table R602.10.1.5 with the following modifications for cripple wall bracing:

1. The bracing percentage as determined from Table R602.10.1.5 shall be multiplied by an adjustment factor of 1.15, and

2. The wall panel spacing shall be decreased from 25 feet (7620 mm) to 18 feet (5486 mm).

Cripple walls shall be permitted to be redesignated as the first story walls for purposes of determining wall bracing requirements. If the cripple walls are redesignated, the stories above the redesignated story shall be counted as the second and third stories respectively.

R602.10 Wall bracing. Buildings shall be braced in accordance with this section or, when applicable, Section R602.12. Where a building, or portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements in this section, those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section R301.1.

The building official may require the permit applicant to identify and locate on the construction documents braced wall lines and braced wall panels as described herein.

R602.10.1 Braced wall lines. For the purpose of determining the amount and location of bracing required in each story level of a building, braced wall lines shall be designated as straight lines in the building plan placed in accordance with this section.

R602.10.1.1 Length of a braced wall line. The length of a braced wall line shall be the distance between its ends. The end of a braced wall line shall be the intersection with a perpendicular braced wall line, an angled braced wall line as permitted in Section R602.10.1.4 or an exterior wall as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1.

R602.10.1.2 Offsets along a braced wall line. All exterior walls parallel to a braced wall line shall be permitted to offset up to four feet (1219 mm) from the designated braced wall line location as shown Figure R602.10.1.1. Interior walls used as bracing shall be permitted to offset up to four feet (1219 mm) from a braced wall line through the interior of the building as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1.

R602.10.1.3 Spacing of braced wall lines. There shall be a minimum of two braced wall lines in both the longitudinal and transverse direction as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1. Intermediate braced wall lines through the interior of the building shall be permitted. The spacing between parallel braced wall lines shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.1.3.

Table R602.10.1.3

Braced Wall Line Spacing

APPLICATION

CONDITION

BUILDING TYPE

BRACED WALL LINE SPACING CRITERIA

Maximum Spacing

Exception to Maximum Spacing

Wind bracing

85 mph to <110 mph

Detached, townhouse

60 feet

None

Seismic bracing

SDC A - C

Detached

Use wind bracing

SDC A – B

Townhouse

Use wind bracing

SDC C

Townhouse

35 feet

Up to 50 feet when length of required bracing per Table R602.10.3(3) is adjusted in accordance with Table R602.10.3(4)

For SI: 1 foot=304.8 mm

R602.10.1.4 Angled walls. Any portion of a wall along a braced wall line shall be permitted to angle out of plane for a maximum diagonal length of eight feet (2438 mm). Where the angled wall occurs at a corner, the length of the braced wall line shall be measured from the projected corner as shown in Figure R602.10.1.4. Where the diagonal length is greater than eight feet (2438 mm), it shall be considered a separate braced wall line and shall be braced in accordance with Section R602.10.1.

R602.10.2 Braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be full-height sections of wall that shall have no vertical or horizontal offsets. Braced wall panels shall be constructed and placed along a braced wall line in accordance with this section and the bracing methods specified in Section R602.10.4.

R602.10.2.1 Braced wall panel uplift load path. The bracing lengths in Table R602.10.3(1) apply only when uplift loads are resisted per Section R602.3.5.

R602.10.2.2 Locations of braced wall panels. A braced wall panel shall begin within 10 feet (3810 mm) from each end of a braced wall line as determined in accordance with Section R602.10.1.1. The distance between adjacent edges of braced wall panels along a braced wall line shall be no greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) as shown in Figure R602.10.2.2.

R602.10.2.3 Minimum number of braced wall panels. Braced wall lines with a length of 16 feet (4877 mm) or less shall have a minimum of two braced wall panels of any length or one braced wall panel equal to 48 inches (1219 mm) or more. Braced wall lines greater than 16 feet (4877 mm) shall have a minimum of two braced wall panels.

R602.10.3 Required length of bracing. The required length of bracing along each braced wall line shall be determined as follows.

1. All buildings in Seismic Design Categories A and B shall use Table R602.10.3(1) and the applicable adjustment factors in Table R602.10.3(2).

2. Detached buildings in Seismic Design Category C shall use Table R602.10.3(1) and the applicable adjustment factors in Table R602.10.3(2).

3. Townhouses in Seismic Design Category C shall use the greater value determined from Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) and the applicable adjustment factors in Table R602.10.3(2) or R602.10.3(4) respectively.

Only braced wall panels parallel to the braced wall line within the four foot (1219 mm) offset permitted by Section R602.10.1.2 shall contribute towards the required length of bracing of that braced wall line. If a braced wall panel is located along an angled wall and meets the minimum length requirements of Tables R602.10.5 or R602.10.5.2, it shall be permitted to contribute its projected length towards the minimum required length of bracing for the braced wall line as shown in Figure R602.10.1.4. If a braced wall panel is located along an angled wall at the end of a braced wall line, it shall contribute its projected length for only one of the braced wall lines at the projected corner.

Table R602.10.3(1)

Bracing Requirements Based on Wind Speed

EXPOSURE CATEGORY B

30 FT MEAN ROOF HEIGHT

10 FT EAVE TO RIDGE HEIGHT

10 FT WALL HEIGHT

2 BRACED WALL LINES

MINIMUM TOTAL LENGTH (FEET) OF BRACED WALL PANELS REQUIRED ALONG EACH BRACED WALL LINEa

Basic Wind Speed

(mph)

Story Location

Braced Wall Line Spacing

(feet)

Method LIBb

Method GB

Methods

DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-SFBc

Methods

CS-WSP, CS-G,

CS-PF

≤ 85

10

3.5

3.5

2.0

1.5

20

6.0

6.0

3.5

3.0

30

8.5

8.5

5.0

4.5

40

11.5

11.5

6.5

5.5

50

14.0

14.0

8.0

7.0

60

16.5

16.5

9.5

8.0

10

6.5

6.5

3.5

3.0

20

11.5

11.5

6.5

5.5

30

16.5

16.5

9.5

8.0

40

21.5

21.5

12.5

10.5

50

26.5

26.5

15.0

13.0

60

31.5

31.5

18.0

15.5

10

NP

9.0

5.5

4.5

20

NP

17.0

10.0

8.5

30

NP

24.5

14.0

12.0

40

NP

32.0

18.0

15.5

50

NP

39.0

22.5

19.0

60

NP

46.5

26.5

22.5

≤ 90

10

3.5

3.5

2.0

2.0

20

7.0

7.0

4.0

3.5

30

9.5

9.5

5.5

5.0

40

12.5

12.5

7.5

6.0

50

15.5

15.5

9.0

7.5

60

18.5

18.5

10.5

9.0

10

7.0

7.0

4.0

3.5

20

13.0

13.0

7.5

6.5

30

18.5

18.5

10.5

9.0

40

24.0

24.0

14.0

12.0

50

29.5

29.5

17.0

14.5

60

35.0

35.0

20.0

17.0

10

NP

10.5

6.0

5.0

20

NP

19.0

11.0

9.5

30

NP

27.5

15.5

13.5

40

NP

35.5

20.5

17.5

50

NP

44.0

25.0

21.5

60

NP

52.0

30.0

25.5

≤ 100

10

4.5

4.5

2.5

2.5

20

8.5

8.5

5.0

4.0

30

12.0

12.0

7.0

6.0

40

15.5

15.5

9.0

7.5

50

19.0

19.0

11.0

9.5

60

22.5

22.5

13.0

11.0

10

8.5

8.5

5.0

4.5

20

16.0

16.0

9.0

8.0

30

23.0

23.0

13.0

11.0

40

29.5

29.5

17.0

14.5

50

36.5

36.5

21.0

18.0

60

43.5

43.5

25.0

21.0

10

NP

12.5

7.5

6.0

20

NP

23.5

13.5

11.5

30

NP

34.0

19.5

16.5

40

NP

44.0

25.0

21.5

50

NP

54.0

31.0

26.5

60

NP

64.0

36.5

31.0

< 110

10

5.5

5.5

3.0

3.0

20

10.0

10.0

6.0

5.0

30

14.5

14.5

8.5

7.0

40

18.5

18.5

11.0

9.0

50

23.0

23.0

13.0

11.5

60

27.5

27.5

15.5

13.5

10

10.5

10.5

6.0

5.0

20

19.0

19.0

11.0

9.5

30

27.5

27.5

16.0

13.5

40

36.0

36.0

20.5

17.5

50

44.0

44.0

25.5

21.5

60

52.5

52.5

30.0

25.5

10

0

15.5

9.0

7.5

20

NP

28.5

16.5

14.0

30

NP

41.0

23.5

20.0

40

NP

53.0

30.5

26.0

50

NP

65.5

37.5

32.0

60

NP

77.5

44.5

37.5

For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 foot=305 mm.

aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.

bMethod LIB shall have gypsum board fastened to at least one side with nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior sheathing or Table R702.3.5 for interior gypsum board. Spacing of fasteners at panel edges shall not exceed eight inches (203 mm).

cMethod CS-SFB does not apply where the wind speed is greater than 100 mph.

 

Table R602.10.3(2)

Wind Adjustment Factors to the Required Length of Wall Bracing

ADJUSTMENT BASED ON

STORY/

SUPPORTING

CONDITION

ADJUSTMENT FACTORa,b

(multiply length from Table R602.10.3(1) by this factor)

APPLICABLE METHODS

Exposure category

One story structure

B

1.00

All methods

C

1.20

D

1.50

Two-story structure

B

1.00

C

1.30

D

1.60

Three-story structure

B

1.00

C

1.40

D

1.70

Roof eave-to-ridge height

Roof only

≤5 ft

0.70

10 ft

1.00

15 ft

1.30

20 ft

1.60

Roof + 1 floor

≤5 ft

0.85

10 ft

1.00

15 ft

1.15

20 ft

1.30

Roof + 2 floors

≤5 ft

0.90

10 ft

1.00

15 ft

1.10

20 ft

Not permitted

Wall height adjustment

Any story

8 ft

0.90

9 ft

0.95

10 ft

1.00

11 ft

1.05

12 ft

1.10

Number of braced wall lines (per plan direction)C

Any story

2

1.00

3

1.30

4

1.45

≥5

1.60

Additional 800 lb hold-down device

Top story only

Fastened to the end studs of each braced wall panel and to the foundation or framing below

0.80

DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS

Interior gypsum board finish (or equivalent)

Any story

Omitted from inside face of braced wall panels

1.40

DWB, WSP, SFB,PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-WSP, CS‑G, CS-SFB

Gypsum board fastening

Any story

4 in. o.c. at panel edges, including top and bottom plates, and all horizontal joints blocked

0.7

GB

For SI: 1 foot=305 mm, 1 lb=4.48 N.

aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.

bThe total adjustment factor is the product of all applicable adjustment factors.

cThe adjustment factor is permitted to be 1.0 when determining bracing amounts of intermediate braced wall lines provided the bracing amounts on adjacent braced wall lines are based on a spacing and number that neglects the intermediate braced wall line.

 

Table R602.10.3(3)

Bracing Requirements Based on Seismic Design Category

SOIL CLASS Db

WALL HEIGHT = 10 FT

10 PSF FLOOR DEAD LOAD

15 PSF ROOF/CEILING DEAD LOAD

BRACED WALL LINE SPACING ≤ 25 FT

MINIMUM TOTAL LENGTH (FEET) OF BRACED WALL PANELS REQUIRED ALONG EACH BRACED WALL LINEa

Seismic Design Category

Story Location

Braced Wall Line Length

(ft)

Method LIBc

Method GB

Methods DWB, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-SFB

Method WSP

Methods CS-WSP, CS‑G

C

(townhouses only)

10

2.5

2.5

2.5

1.6

1.4

20

5.0

5.0

5.0

3.2

2.7

30

7.5

7.5

7.5

4.8

4.1

40

10.0

10.0

10.0

6.4

5.4

50

12.5

12.5

12.5

8.0

6.8

10

NP

4.5

4.5

3.0

2.6

20

NP

9.0

9.0

6.0

5.1

30

NP

13.5

13.5

9.0

7.7

40

NP

18.0

18.0

12.0

10.2

50

NP

22.5

22.5

15.0

12.8

10

NP

6.0

6.0

4.5

3.8

20

NP

12.0

12.0

9.0

7.7

30

NP

18.0

18.0

13.5

11.5

40

NP

24.0

24.0

18.0

15.3

50

NP

30.0

30.0

22.5

19.1

For SI: 1 foot=305 mm

aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.

bWall bracing lengths are based on a soil site class "D." Interpolation of bracing length between the Sds values associated with the Seismic Design Categories shall be permitted when a site-specific Sds value is determined in accordance with Section 1613.5 of the International Building Code.

cMethod LIB shall have gypsum board fastened to at least one side with nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior sheathing or Table R702.3.5 for interior gypsum board. Spacing of fasteners at panel edges shall not exceed eight inches (203 mm).

 

Table R602.10.3(4)

Seismic Adjustment Factors to the Required Length of Wall Bracing

ADJUSTMENT BASED ON:

STORY/SUPPORTING

CONDITION

ADJUSTMENT

FACTORa,b

(multiply length from Table R602.10.3(3) by this factor)

APPLICABLE METHODS

Story height

(Section 301.3)

Any story

≤10 ft

1.0

All methods

>10 ft ≤ 12 ft

1.2

Braced wall line spacing

Any story

≤35 ft

1.0

>35 ft ≤ 50 ft

1.43

Wall dead load

Any story

> 8 psf < 15 psf

1.0

<8 psf

0.85

Roof/ceiling dead load for wall supporting

Any story

≤15 psf

1.0

Roof plus one or two stories

>15 psf ≤ 25 psf

1.1

Roof only

>15 psf ≤ 25 psf

1.2

Walls with stone or masonry veneerc

1.0

1.5

1.5

Interior gypsum board finish (or equivalent)

Any story

Omitted from inside face of braced wall panels

1.5

DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-WSP, CS‑G, CS-SFB

For SI: 1 psf=47.8 N/m2.

aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.

bThe total length of bracing required for a given wall line is the product of all applicable adjustment factors.

cThe length-to-width ratio for the floor/roof diaphragm shall not exceed 3:1. The top plate lap splice nailing shall be a minimum of 12-16d nails on each side of the splice.

R602.10.4 Bracing methods for braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with this section and the methods listed in Table R602.10.4.

Table R602.10.4

Bracing Methods

METHODS, MATERIAL

MINIMUM THICKNESS

FIGURE

CONNECTION CRITERIAa

Fasteners

Spacing

Intermittent Bracing Methods

LIB

Let-in-bracing

1x4 wood or approved metal straps at 45° to 60° angles for maximum 16" stud spacing

LIB

Wood: 2-8d common nails or 3-8d (2 ½" long x 0.113" dia.) nails

Wood: per stud and top and bottom plates

Metal: per manufacturer

Metal: per manufacturer

DWB

Diagonal wood boards

¾"

(1" nominal)

for maximum 24" stud spacing

DWB

2-8d (2½" long x 0.113" dia.) nails

or

2 - 1¾" long staples

Per stud

WSP

Wood structural panel

(See Section R604)

3/8"

WSP

Exterior sheathing per Table R602.3(3)

6" edges

12" field

Interior sheathing per Table R602.3(1) or R602.3(2)

Varies by fastener

SFB

Structural fiberboard sheathing

1/2" or 25/32"

for maximum 16" stud spacing

SFB

1½" long x 0.12" dia.

(for ½ " thick sheathing)

13/4" long x 0.12" dia.

(for 25/32" thick sheathing)

galvanized roofing nails

or

8d common (2½" long x 0.131" dia.) nails

3" edges

6" field

GB

Gypsum board

1/2"

PCP

Nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior locations

For all braced wall panel locations: 7" edges (including top and bottom plates)

7" field

Nails or screws per Table R702.3.5 for interior locations

PBS

Particleboard sheathing

(See Section R605)

3/8" or 1/2"

For maximum16" stud spacing

PBS

For 3/8", 6d common (2" long x 0.113" dia.) nails

For ½", 8d common (2½" long x 0.131" dia.) nails

3" edges

6" field

PCP

Portland cement plaster

See Section R703.6

for maximum 16" stud spacing

PCP

1½" long, 11 gage, 7/16" dia. head nails

or

7/8" long, 16 gage staples

6" o.c. on all framing members

HPS

Hardboard panel siding

7/16"

for maximum 16" stud spacing

HPS

0.092" dia., 0.225" dia. head nails with length to accommodate 1½" penetration into studs

4" edges

8" field

ABW

Alternate braced wall

3/8"

ABW

See Section R602.10.6.1

See Section R602.10.6.1

PFH

Portal frame

with hold-downs

3/8

PFH

See Section R602.10.6.2

See Section R602.10.6.2

PFG

Portal frame

at garage

7/16"

pfg

See Section R602.10.6.3

See Section R602.10.6.3

Continuous Sheathing Methods

CS-WSP

Continuously sheathed wood structural panel

3/8"

Exterior sheathing per Table R602.3(3)

6" edges

12" field

Interior sheathing per Table R602.3(1) or R602.3(2)

Varies by fastener

CS-Gb,c

Continuously sheathed wood structural panel adjacent to garage openings

3/8"

CS-G

See Method CS-WSP

See Method CS-WSP

CS-PF

Continuously sheathed portal frame

7/16"

CS-PF

See Section R602.10.6.4

See Section R602.10.6.4

CS-SFBd

Continuously sheathed structural fiberboard

1/2" or 25/32"

for maximum 16" stud spacing

1½" long x 0.12" dia.

(for ½ " thick sheathing)

13/4" long x 0.12" dia.

(for 25/32" thick sheathing)

galvanized roofing nails

or

8d common (2½" long x 0.131 dia.) nails

3" edges

6" field

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm.

aAdhesive attachment of wall sheathing, including Method GB, shall not be permitted in townhouses in Seismic Design Category C.

bApplies to panels next to garage door opening when supporting gable end wall or roof load only. May only be used on one wall of the garage.

cGarage openings adjacent to a Method CS-G panel shall be provided with a header in accordance with Table R502.5(1). A full height clear opening shall not be permitted adjacent to a Method CS-G panel.

dMethod CS-SFB does not apply in areas where the wind speed exceeds 100 mph.

R602.10.4.1 Mixing methods. Mixing of bracing methods shall be permitted as follows:

1. Mixing intermittent bracing and continuous sheathing methods from story to story shall be permitted.

2. Mixing intermittent bracing methods from braced wall line to braced wall line within a story shall be permitted. In regions where the basic wind speed is less than or equal to 100 mph, mixing of intermittent bracing and continuous sheathing methods from braced wall line to braced wall line within a story shall be permitted.

3. Mixing intermittent bracing methods along a braced wall line shall be permitted in Seismic Design Categories A and B, and detached dwellings in Seismic Design Category C provided the length of required bracing in accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) is the highest value of all intermittent bracing methods used.

4. Mixing of continuous sheathing methods CS-WSP, CS-G and CS-PF along a braced wall line shall be permitted.

5. In Seismic Design Categories A and B, and for detached one-family and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Category C, mixing of intermittent bracing methods along the interior portion of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing methods CS-WSP, CS-G and CS-PF along the exterior portion of the same braced wall line shall be permitted. The length of required bracing shall be the highest value of all intermittent bracing methods used in accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) as adjusted by Tables R602.10.3(2) and R602.10.3(4), respectively. The requirements of Section R602.10.7 shall apply to each end of the continuously sheathed portion of the braced wall line.

R602.10.4.2 Continuous sheathing methods. Continuous sheathing methods require structural panel sheathing to be used on all sheathable surfaces on one side of a braced wall line including areas above and below openings and gable end walls and shall meet the requirements of Section R602.10.7.

R602.10.4.3 Braced wall panel interior finish material. Braced wall panels shall have gypsum wall board installed on the side of the wall opposite the bracing material. Gypsum wall board shall be not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in thickness and be fastened with nails or screws in accordance with Table R602.3(1) for exterior sheathing or Table R702.3.5 for interior gypsum wall board. Spacing of fasteners at panel edges for gypsum wall board opposite Method LIB bracing shall not exceed eight inches (203 mm). Interior finish material shall not be glued in townhouses in Seismic Category C.

Exceptions:

1. Interior finish material is not required opposite wall panels that are braced in accordance with Method GB, ABW, PFH, PFG and CS-PF, unless otherwise required by Section R302.6.

2. An approved interior finish material with an in-plane shear resistance equivalent to gypsum board shall be permitted to be substituted, unless otherwise required by Section R302.6.

3. Except for Method LIB, gypsum wall board is permitted to be omitted provided the required length of bracing in Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3) is multiplied by the appropriate adjustment factor in Tables R602.10.3(2) and R602.10.3(4) respectively, unless otherwise required by Section R302.6.

R602.10.5 Minimum length of a braced wall panel. The minimum length of a braced wall panel shall comply with Table R602.10.5. For Methods CS-WSP and CS-SFB, the minimum panel length shall be based on the vertical dimension of the adjacent opening in accordance with Table R602.10.5 and Figure R602.10.5. When a panel has openings on either side of differing heights, the larger vertical dimension shall be used to determine the minimum braced wall panel length.

R602.10.5.1 Contributing length. For purposes of complying with the required length of bracing in Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3), the contributing length of each braced wall panel to the total length of bracing shall be as specified in Table R602.10.5.

Table R602.10.5

Minimum Length of Braced Wall Panels

METHOD

(See Table R602.10.4)

MINIMUM LENGTHa

(in)

CONTRIBUTING LENGTH

(in)

Wall Height

8 ft

9 ft

10 ft

11 ft

12 ft

DWG, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS

48

48

48

53

58

Actualb

GB

48

48

48

53

58

Double sided = Actual

Single sided = 0.5 x Actual

LIB

55

62

69

NP

NP

Actualb

ABW

28

32

34

38

42

48

PFH

Supporting roof only

16

16

16

18c

20c

48

Supporting one story and roof

24

24

24

27c

29c

48

PFG

24

27

30

33c

36c

1.5 x Actualb

CS-G

24

27

30

33

36

Actualb

CS-PF

16

18

20

22c

24c

Actualb

CS‑WSP, CS‑SFB

Adjacent opening vertical dimension

(in)

 

 

 

 

 

 

≤ 64

24

27

30

33

36

Actualb

68

26

27

30

33

36

72

27

27

30

33

36

76

30

29

30

33

36

80

32

30

30

33

36

84

35

32

32

33

36

88

38

35

33

33

36

92

43

37

35

35

36

96

48

41

38

36

36

100

 

44

40

38

38

104

 

49

43

40

39

108

 

54

46

43

41

112

 

 

50

45

43

116

 

 

55

48

45

120

 

 

60

52

48

124

 

 

 

56

51

128

 

 

 

61

54

132

 

 

 

66

58

136

 

 

 

 

62

140

 

 

 

 

66

144

 

 

 

 

72

For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm

NP=Not permitted

aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.

bUse the actual length provided it is greater than or equal to the minimum length.

cMaximum header height for is 10'; however, wall height may be increased to 12' with a pony wall per Table R602.10.6.4.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R602.10.5.2 Partial credit. For Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP and HPS panels between 36 inches and 48 inches in length shall be considered a braced wall panel and shall be permitted to partially contribute towards the required length of bracing in Table R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3), and the contributing length shall be determined from Table R602.10.5.2.

Table R602.10.5.2

Partial Credit for Braced Wall Panels Less than 48 Inches in Actual Length

Actual Length of Braced

Wall Panel (in)

Contributing Length of Braced Wall Panel (in)a

8 ft Wall Height

9 ft Wall Height

48

48

48

42

36

36

36

27

N/A

For SI: 1 inch=25.4mm

aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.

R602.10.6 Construction of Methods ABW, PFH, PFG and CS-PF. Methods ABW, PFH, PFG and CS-PF shall be constructed as specified in Sections R602.10.6.1 through R602.10.6.4.

R602.10.6.1 Method ABW: Alternate braced wall panels. Method ABW braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.1.

R602.10.6.2 Method PFH: Portal frame with hold-downs. Method PFH braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.2.

R602.10.6.3 Method PFG: Portal frame at garage door openings. Where supporting a roof or one story and a roof, a Method PFG braced wall panel constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.3 shall be permitted on either side of garage door openings.

R602.10.6.4 Method CS-PF: Continuously sheathed portal frame. Continuously sheathed portal frame braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.4 and Table R602.10.6.4. The number of continuously sheathed portal frame panels in a single braced wall line shall not exceed four.

Table R602.10.6.4

Tension Strap Capacity Required for Resisting Wind Pressures

Perpendicular to Method PFH, PFG and CS-PF Braced Wall Panels

MINIMUM WALL STUD FRAMING NOMINAL SIZE AND GRADE

MAXIMUM PONY WALL HEIGHT (ft)

MAXIMUM TOTAL WALL HEIGHT (ft)

MAXIMUM OPENING WIDTH (ft)

TENSION STRAP CAPACITY REQUIRED (lb)a

Basic Wind Speed (mph)

85

90

100

85

90

100

Exposure B

Exposure C

2x4 No. 2 Grade

0

10

18

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1

10

9

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1275

16

1000

1000

1750

1800

2325

3500

18

1000

1200

2100

2175

2725

DR

2

10

9

1000

1000

1025

1075

1550

2500

16

1525

2025

3125

3200

3900

DR

18

1875

2400

3575

3700

DR

DR

2

12

9

1000

1200

2075

2125

2750

4000

16

2600

3200

DR

DR

DR

DR

18

3175

3850

DR

DR

DR

DR

4

12

9

1775

2350

3500

3550

DR

DR

16

4175

DR

DR

DR

DR

DR

2x6 Stud Grade

2

12

9

1000

1000

1325

1375

1750

2550

16

1650

2050

2925

3000

3550

DR

18

2025

2450

3425

3500

4100

DR

4

12

9

1125

1500

2225

2275

2775

3800

16

2650

3150

DR

DR

DR

DR

18

3125

3675

DR

DR

DR

DR

For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 foot=305 mm, 1 lb=4.45 N

DR = design required

aStrap shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

R602.10.7 Ends of braced wall lines with continuous sheathing. Each end of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing shall be in accordance with one of the end conditions shown in Figure R602.10.7.

R602.10.8 Braced wall panel connections. Braced wall panels shall be connected to floor framing or foundations as follows:

1. Where joists are perpendicular to a braced wall panel above or below, a rim joist, band joist or blocking shall be provided along the entire length of the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8(1). Fastening of top and bottom wall plates to framing, rim joist, band joist and/or blocking shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(1).

2. Where joists are parallel to a braced wall panel above or below, a rim joist, end joist or other parallel framing member shall be provided directly above and below the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8(2). Where a parallel framing member cannot be located directly above and below the panel, full-depth blocking at 16 inch (406 mm) spacing shall be provided between the parallel framing members to each side of the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8(2). Fastening of blocking and wall plates shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(1) and Figure R602.10.8(2).

3. Connections of braced wall panels to concrete or masonry shall be in accordance with Section R403.1.6.

R602.10.8.1 Connections to roof framing. Top plates of exterior braced wall panels shall be attached to rafters or roof trusses above in accordance with Table R602.3(1) and this section. Where required by this section, blocking between rafters or roof trusses shall be attached to top plates of braced wall panels and to rafters and roof trusses in accordance with Table R602.3(1). A continuous band, rim, or header joist or roof truss parallel to the braced wall panels shall be permitted to replace the blocking required by this section. Blocking shall not be required over openings in continuously-sheathed braced wall lines. In addition to the requirements of this section, lateral support shall be provided for rafters and ceiling joists in accordance with Section R802.8 and for trusses in accordance with Section R802.10.3. Roof ventilation shall be provided in accordance with R806.1.

1. For wind speeds less than 100 mph (45 m/s):

1.1. Where the distance from the top of the braced wall panel to the top of the rafters or roof trusses above is 9.25 inches (235 mm) or less, blocking between rafters or roof trusses shall not be required.

1.2. Where the distance from the top of the braced wall panel to the top of the rafters or roof trusses above is between 9.25 inches (235 mm) and 15.25 inches (387 mm) blocking between rafters or roof trusses shall be provided above the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8.1(1).

2. For wind speeds of 100 mph (45 m/s) or greater, where the distance from the top of the braced wall panel to the top of the rafters or roof trusses is 15.25 inches (387 mm) or less, blocking between rafters or roof trusses shall be provided above the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8.1(1).

3. Where the distance from the top of the braced wall panel to the top of the rafters or roof trusses exceeds 15.25 inches (387 mm), the top plate of the braced wall panel shall be connected to perpendicular rafters or roof trusses above in accordance with one or more of the following methods:

3.1. Soffit blocking panels constructed per Figure R602.10.8.1(2).

3.2. Vertical blocking panels constructed per Figure R602.10.8.1(3).

3.3. Full-height engineered blocking panels designed per the AF&PA WFCM.

3.4. Blocking, blocking panels, or other methods of lateral load transfer designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

R602.10.9 Braced wall panel support. Braced wall panel support shall be provided as follows:

1. Cantilevered floor joists complying with Section R502.3.3 shall be permitted to support braced wall panels.

2. Elevated post or pier foundations supporting braced wall panels shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

3. Masonry stem walls less than 48 inches (1220 mm) in length that support braced wall panels shall be reinforced in accordance with Figure R602.10.9. Masonry stem walls with a length greater than or equal to 48 inches (1220 mm) supporting braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with Section R403.1 Methods ABW and PFH shall not be permitted to attach to masonry stem walls.

4. Concrete stem walls less than 48 inches (1220 mm) in length, greater than 12 inches (305 mm) tall and less than six inches (152 mm) thick shall have reinforcement sized and located in accordance with Figure R602.10.9.

Exception: As an alternative to the Optional Stem Wall Reinforcement in Fig. R602.10.9, an approved post-installed adhesive anchoring system shall be permitted. A minimum of two anchors shall be installed as indicated in Figure R602.10.9. Anchors shall be located not more than four inches (102 mm) from each end of the stem wall. Anchors shall be installed into the concrete footing as follows:

1. 5/8 inch (16 mm) threaded rod – 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter hole with a minimum embedment of six inches (152 mm).

2. No. 4 reinforcing bar – 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter hole with a minimum embedment of 4-1/2 inches (114 mm).

A minimum footing thickness of eight inches (203 mm) is required and the minimum distance from each anchor to the edge of the footing shall be 3-3/4 (95 mm).

The anchoring adhesive and anchors shall be installed in accordance with the manufactures instructions and have a minimum tensile capacity of 5,000 lbs (22 kN).

The reinforcement of the masonry stem wall and attachment of the braced wall panel to the stem wall shall be as shown in Figure R602.10.9.

R602.10.10 Panel joints. All vertical joints of panel sheathing shall occur over and be fastened to common studs. Horizontal joints in braced wall panels shall occur over and be fastened to common blocking of a minimum 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thickness.

Exceptions:

1. Vertical joints of panel sheathing shall be permitted to occur over double studs where adjoining panel edges are attached to separate studs with the required panel edge fastening schedule and the adjacent studs are attached together with two rows of 10d box nails (3 inches long x 0.128 inch diameter) at 10 inches (254 mm) o.c.

2. Blocking at horizontal joints shall not be required in wall segments that are not counted as braced wall panels.

3. Where the length of bracing provided is at least twice the required length of bracing from Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3) blocking at horizontal joints shall not be required in braced wall panels constructed using Methods WSP, SFB, GB, PBS or HPS.

4. When Method GB panels are installed horizontally, blocking of horizontal joints is not required.

R602.10.11 Cripple wall bracing. Cripple walls shall be constructed in accordance with Section R602.9 and braced in accordance with this section. Cripple walls shall be braced with the length and method of bracing used for the wall above in accordance with Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3), except that the length of cripple wall bracing shall be multiplied by a factor of 1.15.

R602.10.11.1 Cripple wall bracing for townhouses in Seismic Design Category C. In addition to the requirements in Section R602.10.11, the distance between adjacent edges of braced wall panels shall be 14 feet (4267 mm) maximum.

Where braced wall lines at interior walls are not supported on a continuous foundation below, the adjacent parallel cripple walls, where provided, shall be braced with Method WSP or CS-WSP per Section R602.10.4. The length of bracing required per Table R602.10.3(3) for the cripple walls shall be multiplied by 1.5. Where the cripple walls do not have sufficient length to provide the required bracing, the spacing of panel edge fasteners shall be reduced to four inches (102 mm) on center and the required bracing length adjusted by 0.7. If the required length can still not be provided, the cripple wall shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

R602.10.11.2 Redesignation of cripple walls. Where all cripple wall segments along a braced wall line do not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm) in height, the cripple wall shall be permitted to be redesignated as a first story wall for purposes of determining wall bracing requirements. Where any cripple wall segment in a braced wall line exceeds 48 inches (1220 mm) in height, the entire cripple wall shall be counted as an additional story. If the cripple walls are redesignated, the stories above the redesignated story shall be counted as the second and third stories respectively.

50. Change Section R602.11.1 to read:

602.11.1 Wall anchorage for townhouses in Seismic Design Category C. Plate washers, a minimum of 0.229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5.8 mm by 76 mm by 76 mm) in size, shall be provided between the foundation sill plate and the nut except where approved anchor straps are used. The hole in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to 3/16 inch (5 mm) larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exceed 1-3/4 inches (44 mm), provided a standard cut washer is placed between the plate washer and the nut.

51. Delete Section R602.11.2.

52. Replace Section R602.12, including all subsections, with the following:

R602.12 Simplified wall bracing. Buildings meeting all of the conditions listed below shall be permitted to be braced in accordance with this section as an alternate to the requirements of Section R602.10. The entire building shall be braced in accordance with this section; the use of other bracing provisions of R602.10, except as specified herein, shall not be permitted.

1. There shall be no more than two stories above the top of a concrete or masonry foundation or basement wall. Permanent wood foundations shall not be permitted.

2. Floors shall not cantilever more than 24 inches (607 mm) beyond the foundation or bearing wall below.

3. Wall height shall not be greater than 10 feet (2743 mm).

4. The building shall have a roof eave-to-ridge height of 15 feet (4572 mm) or less.

5. All exterior walls shall have gypsum board with a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) installed on the interior side fastened in accordance with Table R702.3.5.

6. The structure shall be located where the basic wind speed is less than or equal to 90 mph (40 m/s) and the Exposure Category is A or B.

7. The structure shall be located in Seismic Design Category of A, B or C for detached one-family and two-family dwellings or Seismic Design Category A or B for townhouses.

8. Cripple walls shall not be permitted in two-story buildings.

R602.12.1 Circumscribed rectangle. Required bracing shall be determined by circumscribing a rectangle around the entire building on each floor as shown in Figure R602.12.1. The rectangle shall surround all enclosed offsets and projections such as sunrooms and attached garages. Open structures such as carports and decks shall be permitted to be excluded. The rectangle shall have no side greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm), and the ratio between the long side and short side shall be a maximum of 3:1.

R602.12.2 Sheathing materials. The following sheathing materials installed on the exterior side of exterior walls shall be used to construct a bracing unit as defined in Section R602.12.3. Mixing materials is prohibited.

1. Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(3).

2. Structural fiberboard sheathing with a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(1).

R602.12.3 Bracing unit. A bracing unit shall be a full-height sheathed segment of the exterior wall with no openings or vertical or horizontal offsets and a minimum length as specified below. Interior walls shall not contribute toward the amount of required bracing. Mixing of Items 1 and 2 below is prohibited on the same story.

1. Where all framed portions of all exterior walls are sheathed in accordance with Section R602.12.2, including wall areas between bracing units, above and below openings and on gable end walls, the minimum length of a bracing unit shall be three feet (914 mm).

2. Where the exterior walls are braced with sheathing panels in accordance with Section R602.12.2 and areas between bracing units are covered with other materials, the minimum length of a bracing unit shall be four feet (1219 mm).

R602.12.3.1 Multiple bracing units. Segments of wall compliant with Section R602.12.3 and longer than the minimum bracing unit length shall be considered as multiple bracing units. The number of bracing units shall be determined by dividing the wall segment length by the minimum bracing unit length. Full-height sheathed segments of wall narrower than the minimum bracing unit length shall not contribute toward a bracing unit except as specified in Section R602.12.6.

R602.12.4 Number of bracing units. Each side of the circumscribed rectangle, as shown in Figure R602.12.1, shall have, at a minimum, the number of bracing units per Table R602.12.4 placed on the parallel exterior walls facing the side of the rectangle. Bracing units shall then be placed using the distribution requirements specified in Section R602.12.5.

Table R602.12.4

Minimum Number of Bracing Units on Each Side of the Circumscribed Rectangle

Story Level

Eave-to ridge height

(feet)

Minimum number of bracing units on each long sidea,b

Minimum number of bracing units on each short sidea,b

Length of short side (ft)c

Length of long side (ft)c

10

20

30

40

50

60

10

20

30

40

50

60

10

1

2

2

2

3

3

1

2

2

2

3

3

2

3

3

4

5

6

2

3

3

4

5

6

15

1

2

3

3

4

4

1

2

3

3

4

4

2

3

4

5

6

7

2

3

4

5

6

7

For SI: 1 ft=304.8 mm

aInterpolation shall not be permitted.

bCripple walls or wood-framed basement walls in a walk-out condition of a one-story structure shall be designed as the first floor of a two-story house.

cActual lengths of the sides of the circumscribed rectangle shall be rounded to the next highest unit of 10 when using this table.

R602.12.5 Distribution of bracing units. The placement of bracing units on exterior walls shall meet all of the following requirements as shown in Figure R602.12.5.

1. A bracing unit shall begin no more than 12 feet (3658 mm) from any wall corner.

2. The distance between adjacent edges of bracing units shall be no greater than 20 feet (6096 mm).

3. Segments of wall greater than eight feet (2438 mm) in length shall have a minimum of one bracing unit.

R602.12.6 Narrow panels. The bracing methods referenced in Section R602.10 and specified in Sections R602.12.6.1 through R602.12.6.3 shall be permitted when using simplified wall bracing.

R602.12.6.1 Method CS-G. Braced wall panels constructed as Method CS-G in accordance with Tables R602.10.4.1 and R602.10.5 shall be permitted for one-story garages when all framed portions of all exterior walls are sheathed with wood structural panels. Each CS‑G panel shall be equivalent to 0.5 bracing units.

R602.12.6.2 Method CS-PF. Braced wall panels constructed as Method CS-PF in accordance with Section R602.10.6.4 shall be permitted when all framed portions of all exterior walls are sheathed with wood structural panels. Each CS-PF panel shall equal 0.5 bracing units. A maximum of four CS-PF panels shall be permitted on all the segments of walls parallel to each side of the circumscribed rectangle.

R602.12.6.3 Methods PFH and PFG. Braced wall panels constructed as Method PFH, in accordance with Section R602.10.6.2, and PFG, in accordance with Section R602.10.6.3, shall be permitted when bracing units are constructed using wood structural panels. Each PFH panel shall equal one bracing unit, and each PFG shall equal 0.75 bracing units.

R602.12.7 Lateral support. For bracing units located along the eaves, the vertical distance from the outside edge of the top wall plate to the roof sheathing above shall not exceed 9.25 inches (235 mm) at the location of a bracing unit unless lateral support is provided in accordance with Section R602.10.8.1.

R602.12.8 Stem walls. Masonry stem walls with a height and length of 48 inches (1219 mm) or less supporting a bracing unit or a Method CS-G, CS-PF or PFG braced wall panel shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.9. Concrete stem walls greater than 12 inches (305 mm) tall and less than six inches (152 mm) thick shall have reinforcement sized and located in accordance with Figure R602.10.9. ]

37.28. 53. ] Change Section R613.2 R612.2 to read:

R613.2 R612.2 Window sills. In dwelling units, where the opening of an operable window is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the finished grade or surface below, the lowest part of the clear opening of the window shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor of the room in which the window is located. Glazing between the floor and 18 inches (457 mm) shall be fixed or have openings through which Operable sections of windows shall not permit openings that allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere cannot pass where such openings are located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the finished floor.

Exceptions:

1. Windows whose openings will not allow a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when the opening is in its largest opened position.

2. Openings that are provided with window fall prevention devices that comply with Section R612.3.

2. 3. Openings that are provided with window guards fall protection devices that comply with ASTM F 2006 or F 2090.

4. Windows that are provided with opening limiting devices that comply with Section R612.4.

38. Change Section R806.4 and add Table R806.4 to read:

R806.4 Unvented attic assemblies. Unvented attic assemblies (spaces between the ceiling joists of the top story and the roof rafters) shall be permitted if all the following conditions are met:

1. The unvented attic space is completely contained within the building thermal envelope.

2. No interior vapor retarders are installed on the ceiling side (attic floor) of the unvented attic assembly.

3. Where wood shingles or shakes are used, a minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) vented air space separates the shingles or shakes and the roofing underlayment above the structural sheathing.

4. In climate zones 5, 6, 7 and 8, any air-impermeable insulation shall be a vapor retarder, or shall have a vapor retarder coating or covering in direct contact with the underside of the insulation.

5. Either Items a, b or c shall be met, depending on the air permeability of the insulation directly under the structural roof sheathing.

a. Air-impermeable insulation only. Insulation shall be applied in direct contact to the underside of the structural roof sheathing.

b. Air-permeable insulation only. In addition to the air-permeable installed directly below the structural sheathing, rigid board or sheet insulation shall be installed directly above the structural roof sheathing as specified in Table R806.4 for condensation control.

c. Air-impermeable and air-permeable insulation. The air-impermeable insulation shall be applied in direct contact to the underside of the structural roof sheathing as specified in Table R806.4 for condensation control. The air-permeable insulation shall be installed directly under the air-impermeable insulation.

Table R806.4
Insulation for Condensation Control

Climate Zone

Minimum Rigid Board or Air-impermeable Insulation R-valuea

2B and 3B tile roof only

0 (none required)

1, 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 3C

R-5

4C

R-10

4A, 4B

R-15

5

R-20

6

R-25

7

R-30

8

R-35

aContributes to but does not supersede Chapter 11 energy requirements.

39.29. 54. Change Section R703.7 to read:

R703.7 Stone and masonry veneer, general. Stone and masonry veneer shall be installed in accordance with this chapter, Table R703.4 and Figure R703.7. These veneers installed over a backing of wood or cold-formed steel shall be limited to the first story above-grade and shall not exceed five inches (127 mm) in thickness. See Tables R602.10.3(3) and R602.10.3(4) for wall bracing requirements for masonry veneer for wood framed construction and Section R603.9.5 for wall bracing requirements for masonry veneer for cold-formed steel construction.

Exceptions:

1. For all buildings in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C, exterior stone or masonry veneer, as specified in Table R703.7(1), with a backing of wood or steel framing shall be permitted to the height specified in Table R703.7(1) above a noncombustible foundation.

2. For detached one-family or two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and D2, exterior stone or masonry veneer, as specified in Table R703.7(2), with a backing of wood framing shall be permitted to the height specified in Table R703.7(2) above a noncombustible foundation.

55. Delete the reference to footnote "f" and the footnote itself in Figure R802.11.

56. Delete Section N1101.9.

57. Change Section N1103.2.2 to read:

N1103.2.2 Sealing. All ducts, air handlers, filter boxes and building cavities used as ducts shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section M1601.4.1 of the International Residential Code. Verification of compliance with this section shall be in accordance with either Section N1103.2.2.1 or Section N1103.2.2.2.

58. Add Section N1103.2.2.1 to read:

N1103.2.2.1 Testing option. Duct tightness shall be verified by either of the following:

1. Post-construction test: Leakage to outdoors shall be less than or equal to eight cfm (3.78 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area or a total leakage less than or equal to 12 cfm (5.66 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29m2) of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire system, including the manufacturer's air handler end closure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test.

2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal to six cfm (2.83 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the roughed in system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air handler is not installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less than or equal to 4 cfm (1.89 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area.

Exception: Duct tightness test is not required if the air handler and all ducts are located within conditioned space.

When this option is chosen, testing shall be performed by approved qualified individuals, testing agencies or contractors. Testing and results shall be as prescribed in Section N1103.2.2 and approved recognized industry standards.

59. Add Section N1103.2.2.2 to read:

N1103.2.2.2 Visual inspection option. In addition to the inspection of ducts otherwise required by this code, when the air handler and all ducts are not within conditioned space and this option is chosen to verify duct tightness, duct tightness shall be considered acceptable when the requirements of Section N1103.2.2 are field verified.

60. ] Change Section M1502.6 M1502.4.4.1 to read:

M1502.6 M1502.4.4.1 Duct Specified length. The maximum length of a clothes dryer the exhaust duct shall not exceed be 35 feet (10 668 mm) from the dryer location to the wall or roof termination connection to the transition duct from the dryer to the outlet terminal. The maximum length of the duct shall be reduced 2.5 feet (762 mm) for each 45-degree (0.8 rad) bend and five feet (1524 mm) for each 90-degree (1.6 rad) bend. The Where fittings are used the maximum length of the exhaust duct does not include the transition duct shall be reduced in accordance with Table M1502.4.4.1.

Exceptions:

1. Where the make and model of the clothes dryer to be installed is known and the manufacturer's installation instructions for the dryer are provided to the building official, the maximum length of the exhaust duct, including any transition duct, shall be permitted to be in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions.

2. Where large-radius 45-degree (0.8 rad) and 90-degree (1.6 rad) bends are installed, determination of the equivalent length of clothes dryer exhaust duct for each bend by engineering calculation in accordance with the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook shall be permitted.

40. Change Section M1701.1 to read as follows and delete the remainder of Chapter 17:

M1701.1 Scope. Solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be provided with combustion air, in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions. Oil-fired appliances shall be provided with combustion air in accordance with NFPA 31. The methods of providing combustion air in this chapter do not apply to fireplaces, fireplace stoves and direct-vent appliances. The requirements for combustion and dilution air for gas-fired appliances shall be in accordance with Chapter 24.

41.30. 61. ] Add Section M1801.1.1 to read:

M1801.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:

1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this code.

2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition.

Where not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.

42. Change Section G2411.1 to read:

G2411.1 Gas pipe bonding. Each above-ground portion of a gas piping system that is likely to become energized shall be electrically continuous and bonded to an effective ground-fault current path. Gas piping shall be considered to be bonded where it is connected to appliances that are connected to the equipment grounding conductor of the circuit supplying that appliance.

CSST gas piping systems shall be bonded to the electrical service grounding electrode system at the point where the gas service piping enters the building. The bonding conductor size shall be not less than #6 AWG copper wire or equivalent.

43. Add Section G2415.17 to read:

404.17 Isolation. Metallic piping and metallic tubing that conveys fuel gas from an LP-gas storage container shall be provided with an approved dielectric fitting to electrically isolate the underground portion of the pipe or tube from the above ground portion that enters a building. Such dielectric fitting shall be installed above ground, outdoors.

31. 62. ] Add Section G2425.1.1 to read:

G2425.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:

1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this code.

2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction or blockages, defects, or deterioration and are in operable condition.

Where not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.

44.32. 63. Change Section P2601.2 to read:

P2601.2 Connections. Plumbing fixtures, drains and appliances used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall be directly connected to the sanitary drainage system of the building or premises, in accordance with the requirements of this code. This section shall not be construed to prevent indirect waste systems.

Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers and laundry trays are not required to discharge to the sanitary drainage system where those fixtures discharge to an approved gray water or rain water recycling system.

64. ] Change Section P2602.1 to read:

P2602.1 General. The water and drainage system of any building or premises where plumbing fixtures are installed shall be connected to a public or private water supply and a public or private sewer system. As provided for in Section 103.11 of Part I of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (13VAC5-63) for functional design, water supply sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by the Virginia Department of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality.

Note: See also the Memorandums of Agreement in the "Related Laws Package," which is available from the Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development.

45.33. 65. ] Change Section P2903.5 to read:

P2903.5 Water hammer. The flow velocity of the water distribution system shall be controlled to reduce the possibility of water hammer. A water-hammer arrestor shall be installed where quick-closing valves are utilized, unless otherwise approved. Water hammer arrestors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Water hammer arrestors shall conform to ASSE 1010.

46.34. 66. ] Add Section P3002.2.1 to read:

P3002.2.1 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary sewer piping that discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper tracer wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an equivalent product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same trench as the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be installed from within five feet of the building wall to the point where the building sewer intersects with the public system. At a minimum, one end of the wire shall terminate above grade in an accessible location that is resistant to physical damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall.

47. Replace Section P3007, Sumps and Ejectors, with the following:

Section P3007.

Sumps and Ejectors.

P3007.1 Building subdrains. Building subdrains that cannot be discharged to the sewer by gravity flow shall be discharged into a tightly covered and vented sump from which the liquid shall be lifted and discharged into the building gravity drainage system by automatic pumping equipment or other approved method. In other than existing structures, the sump shall not receive drainage from any piping within the building capable of being discharged by gravity to the building sewer.

P3007.2 Valves required. A check valve and a full open valve located on the discharge side of the check valve shall be installed in the pump or ejector discharge piping between the pump or ejector and the gravity drainage system. Access shall be provided to such valves. Such valves shall be located above the sump cover required by Section P3007.3.2 or, where the discharge pipe from the ejector is below grade, the valves shall be accessibly located outside the sump below grade in an access pit with a removable access cover.

P3007.3 Sump design. The sump pump, pit and discharge piping shall conform to the requirements of Sections P3007.3.1 through P3007.3.5.

P3007.3.1 Sump pump. The sump pump capacity and head shall be appropriate to anticipated use requirements.

P3007.3.2 Sump pit. The sump pit shall be not less than 18 inches (457 mm) in diameter and 24 inches (610 mm) deep, unless otherwise approved. The pit shall be accessible and located such that all drainage flows into the pit by gravity. The sump pit shall be constructed of tile, concrete, steel, plastic or other approved materials. The pit bottom shall be solid and provide permanent support for the pump. The sump pit shall be fitted with a gastight removable cover adequate to support anticipated loads in the area of use. The sump pit shall be vented in accordance with Chapter 31.

P3007.3.3 Discharge piping. Discharge piping shall meet the requirements of Section P3007.2.

P3007.3.4 Maximum effluent level. The effluent level control shall be adjusted and maintained to at all times prevent the effluent in the sump from rising to within 2 inches (51 mm) of the invert of the gravity drain inlet into the sump.

P3007.3.5 Ejector connection to the drainage system. Pumps connected to the drainage system shall connect to the building sewer or shall connect to a wye fitting in the building drain a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the base of any soil stack, waste stack or fixture drain. Where the discharge line connects into horizontal drainage piping, the connection shall be made through a wye fitting into the top of the drainage piping.

P3007.4 Sewage pumps and sewage ejectors. A sewage pump or sewage ejector shall automatically discharge the contents of the sump to the building drainage system.

P3007.5 Macerating toilet systems. Macerating toilet systems shall comply with CSA B45.9 or ASME A112.3.4 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3007.6 Capacity. A sewage pump or sewage ejector shall have the capacity and head for the application requirements. Pumps or ejectors that receive the discharge of water closets shall be capable of handling spherical solids with a diameter of up to and including 2 inches (51 mm). Other pumps or ejectors shall be capable of handling spherical solids with a diameter of up to and including one inch (25.4 mm). The minimum capacity of a pump or ejector based on the diameter of the discharge pipe shall be in accordance with Table 3007.6.

Exceptions:

1. Grinder pumps or grinder ejectors that receive the discharge of water closets shall have a minimum discharge opening of 1.25 inches (32 mm).

2. Macerating toilet assemblies that serve single water closets shall have a minimum discharge opening of 0.75 inch (19 mm).

Table P3007.6
Minimum Capacity of Sewage Pump or Sewage Ejector

Diameter of Discharge Pipe (inches)

Capacity of Pump or Ejector (gpm)

2

21

2-1/2

30

3

46

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m

48. Change the title of Chapter 32 to read:

Chapter 32.

Traps and Storm Drainage.

49. Add Section P3202, Storm Drainage, to read:

Section P3202.

Storm Drainage.

P3202.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the materials, design, construction and installation of storm drainage.

P3202.2 Subsoil drains. Subsoil drains shall be open-jointed, horizontally split or perforated pipe conforming to one of the standards listed in Table P3202.2. Such drains shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter. Where the building is subject to backwater, the subsoil drain shall be protected by an accessibly located backwater valve. Subsoil drains shall not be required to have either a gas-tight cover or vent. The sump and pumping system shall comply with Section P3202.3.

Table P3202.2
Subsoil Drain Pipe

Material

Standard

Asbestos-cement pipe

ASTM C 508

Cast-iron pipe

ASTM A 74; ASTM A 888; CISPI 301

Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe

ASTM F 405; CSA B182.1; CSA B182.6; CSA B182.8

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe (type sewer pipe, PS25, PS50 or PS100)

ASTM D 2729; ASTM F 891; CSA B182.2; CSA B182.4

Stainless steel drainage systems, Type 316L

ASME A112.3.1

Vitrified clay pipe

ASTM C 4; ASTM C 700

P3202.3 Pumping system. The sump pump, pit and discharge piping shall conform to Section P3202.3.1 through P3202.3.4.

P3202.3.1 Pump capacity and head. The sump pump shall be of a capacity and head appropriate to anticipated use requirements.

P3202.3.2 Sump pit. The sump pit shall not be less than 18 inches (457 mm) in diameter and 24 inches (610 mm) deep, unless otherwise approved. The pit shall be accessible and located such that all drainage flows into the pit by gravity. The sump pit shall be constructed of tile, steel, plastic, cast-iron, concrete or other approved material, with a removable cover adequate to support anticipated loads in the area of use. The pit floor shall be solid and provide permanent support for the pump.

P3202.3.3 Electrical. Electrical outlets shall meet the requirements of Chapters 33 through 42.

P3202.3.4 Piping. Discharge piping shall meet the requirements of Sections P3002.1, P3002.2, P3002.3 and P3003. Discharge piping shall include an accessible full flow check valve. Pipe and fittings shall be the same size as, or larger than, pump discharge tapping.

50. Add Section G2425.1.1 to read:

G2425.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:

1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this code.

2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition.

Where not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.

51.35. 67. ] Add Section E3501.8 E3601.8 to read:

E3501.8 E3601.8 Energizing service equipment. The building official shall give permission to energize the electrical service equipment of a one- or two-family dwelling unit when all of the following requirements have been approved:

1. The service wiring and equipment, including the meter socket enclosure, shall be installed and the service wiring terminated.

2. The grounding electrode system shall be installed and terminated.

3. At least one receptacle outlet on a ground fault protected circuit shall be installed and the circuit wiring terminated.

4. Service equipment covers shall be installed.

5. The building roof covering shall be installed.

6. Temporary electrical service equipment shall be suitable for wet locations unless the interior is dry and protected from the weather.

52. Add the following referenced standards to Chapter 43:

Standard reference number

Title

Referenced in code section number

ASTM C4-03

Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile

P3202.3

ASTM C508-00

Specification for Asbestos-Cement Underdrain Pipe

P3202.3

ASTM D2729-96a

Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings

P3202.3

ASTM E2178-03

Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials

R202

ASTM F405-97

Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Tubing and Fittings

P3202.3

CSA B182.1-02

Plastic Drain and Sewer Pipe and Pipe Fittings

P3202.3

CSA B182.6-02

Profile Polyethylene Sewer Pipe and Fittings for Leak-Proof Sewer Applications

P3202.3

CSA B182.8-02

Profile Polyethylene Storm Sewer and Drainage Pipe and Fittings

P3202.3

68. Change Section E3802.4 to read:

E3802.4 In unfinished basements. Where type SE or NM cable is run at angles with joists in unfinished basements, cable assemblies containing two or more conductors of sizes 6 AWG and larger and assemblies containing three or more conductors of sizes 8 AWG and larger shall not require additional protection where attached directly to the bottom of the joists. Smaller cables shall be run either through bored holes in joists or on running boards. NM cable installed on the wall of an unfinished basement shall be permitted to be installed in a listed conduit or tubing or shall be protected in accordance with Table E3802.1. Conduit or tubing shall be provided with a suitable insulating bushing or adapter at the point the where cable enters the raceway. The NM or SE cable sheath shall extend through the conduit or tubing and into the outlet or device box not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). The cable shall be secured within 12 inches (305 mm) of the point where the cable enters the conduit or tubing. Metal conduit, tubing, and metal outlet boxes shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor.

69. Change Section E3902.11 to read:

E3902.11 Arc-fault protection of bedroom outlets. All branch circuits that supply 120-volt, single phase, 15-ampere and 20-ampere outlets installed in bedrooms shall be protected by a combination type arc-fault circuit interrupter installed to provide protection of the branch circuit.

Exceptions:

1. Where a combination AFCI is installed at the first outlet to provide protection for the remaining portion of the branch circuit, the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit overcurrent device and such outlet shall be wired with metal outlet and junction boxes and RMC, IMC, EMT or steel armored cable, Type AC meeting the requirements of Section E3908.8.

2. AFCI protection is not required for a branch circuit supplying only a fire alarm system where the branch circuit is wired with metal outlet and junction boxes and RMC, IMC, EMT or steel armored cable Type AC meeting the requirements of Section E3908.8. ]

13VAC5-63-220

13VAC5-63-220. Chapter 4 Special detailed requirements based on use and occupancy.

A. [ Delete Section 403.4.4 of the IBC.

B. ] Add Section 407.8407.9 407.10 ] to the IBC to read:

407.8407.9 407.10 ] Special locking arrangement. Means of egress doors shall be permitted to contain locking devices restricting the means of egress in areas in which the clinical needs of the patients require restraint of movement, where all of the following conditions are met:

1. The locks release upon activation of the fire alarm system or the loss of power.

2. The building is equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

3. A manual release device is provided at a nursing station responsible for the area.

4. A key-operated switch or other manual device is provided adjacent to each door equipped with the locking device. Such switch or other device, when operated, shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock -- independent of the control system electronics.

5. All staff shall have keys or other means to unlock the switch or other device or each door provided with the locking device.

B. C. ] Add Section 407.9407.10 407.11 ] to the IBC to read:

407.9407.10 407.11 ] Emergency power systems. Emergency power shall be provided for medical life support equipment, operating, recovery, intensive care, emergency rooms, fire detection and alarm systems in any Group I-2 occupancy licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospital, nursing home or hospice facility.

C. Change Section 408.2 of the IBC to read:

408.2 Other occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings in Group I-3 occupancies where security operations necessitate the locking of required means of egress shall be permitted to be classified as a different occupancy. Occupancies classified as other than Group I-3 shall meet the applicable requirements of this code for that occupancy provided provisions are made for the release of occupants at all times. Where the provisions of this code for occupancies other than Group I-3 are more restrictive than the provisions for Group I-3 occupancies, the Group I-3 occupancy provisions shall be permitted to be used.

Means of egress from detention and correctional occupancies that traverse other use areas shall, as a minimum, conform to requirements for detention and correctional occupancies.

Exception: It is permissible to exit through a horizontal exit into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform to detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions but that do comply with requirements set forth in the appropriate occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a high-hazard use.

D. Add a new Section 408.3.4 to the IBC to read as follows and renumber existing Sections 408.3.4, 408.3.5 and 408.3.6 to become Sections 408.3.5, 408.3.6 and 408.3.7 respectively:

408.3.4 Ships ladders. Ships ladders in accordance with Section 1009.12 shall be permitted from facility observation or control rooms.

E. Change Section 408.3.6 of the IBC to read:

408.3.6 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a means of egress where there are provisions for continuous and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an emergency egress condition. A sallyport is a security vestible with two or more doors where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only one door at a time.

F. Add Section 408.3.8 to the IBC to read:

408.3.8 Guard tower doors. A hatch or trap door not less than 16 square feet (.929 m2) in area through the floor and having minimum dimensions of not less than two feet (609.6 mm) in any direction shall be permitted to be used to access guard towers.

G. Add Section 408.5.1 to the IBC to read:

408.5.1 Noncombustible shaft openings in communicating floor levels. Where vertical openings are permitted without enclosure protection in accordance with Section 408.5, noncombustible shafts such as plumbing chases shall also be permitted without enclosure protection. Where additional stories are located above or below, the shaft shall be permitted to continue with fire and smoke damper protection provided at the fire resistance rated floor/ceiling assembly between the noncommunicating stories.

H. Change Section 408.8 of the IBC to read:

408.8 Windowless buildings. For the purposes of this section, a windowless building or portion of a building is one with nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable or without windows. Windowless buildings shall be provided with an engineered smoke control system to provide a tenable environment for exiting from the smoke compartment in the area of fire origin in accordance with Section 909 for each windowless smoke compartment.

D. Change the title of IBC Section 410 to read:

Stages, Platforms and Technical Production Areas.

E. Delete the following definitions in IBC Section 410.2:

Fly gallery.

Gridiron.

F. Add the following definition to IBC Section 410.2 to read:

Technical production area. Open elevated areas or spaces intended for entertainment technicians to walk on and occupy for servicing and operating entertainment technology systems and equipment. Galleries, including fly and lighting galleries, gridirons, catwalks and similar areas are designed for these purposes.

C. G. ] Delete Section 410.5.3 of the IBC, add new Section 410.6 to the IBC and renumber Sections 410.6 and 410.7 of the IBC to Sections 410.7 and 410.8 respectively.

410.6 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided for in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply.

410.6.1 Arrangement. Where two or more exits or exit access doorways are required per Section 1015.1 from the stageor area beneath the stage ], at least one exit or exit access doorway shall be provided on each side of the stage or area beneath the stage ].

410.6.2 Stairway and ramp enclosure. Stairways and rampsserving the stage provided from stages, platforms and technical production areas ] are not required to be enclosed.

410.6.3Fly gallery Technical production areas. Technical production areas shall be provided with means of egress and means of escape in accordance with Section 410.6.3.1 through 410.6.3.5.

410.6.3.1 Means of egress. ] At least oneexit or exit access means of egress ] shall be provided fromfly galleries and the technical production areas.

410.6.3.2 Travel distance. The ] maximum length of exit access travel shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) for buildings without a sprinkler system and 400 feet (121 920 mm) for buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

410.6.3.3 Two means of egress. Where two means of egress are required, the common path of travel shall not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm).

Exception: A means of egress to a roof in place of a second means of egress is permitted.

410.6.3.4 Path of egress travel. ] The following exit access components are permitted when servingonly the fly gallery technical production areas ]:

1.Unenclosed interior stairs Stairways ].

2.Ramps.

3. ] Spiralstairs stairways ].

3. Stairways with a minimum width of 22 inches (559 mm) 4. Catwalks ].

4. 5. ] Alternating tread devices.

5. Permanently installed 6. Permanent  ] ladders.

410.6.3.5 Width. The path of egress travel within and from technical production areas shall be a minimum of 22 inches (559 mm). ]

I.D. H. ] Add Section 415.1.1 to the IBC to read:

415.1.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter, the storage, handling, processing, and transporting of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with the mechanical code and the fire code listed in Chapter 35 of this code. Regulations governing the installation, repair, upgrade, and closure of underground and aboveground storage tanks under the Virginia State Water Control Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580 are adopted and incorporated by reference to be an enforceable part of this code. Where differences occur between the provisions of this code and the incorporated provisions of the State Water Control Board regulations, the provisions of the State Water Control Board regulations shall apply.

J.E. I. ] Add IBC Section 421 424 Manufactured Homes and Industrialized Buildings.

K.F. J. ] Add Section 421.1 424.1 to the IBC to read:

421.1 424.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to the installation or erection of manufactured homes subject to the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95) and industrialized buildings subject to the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91).

L.G. K. ] Add Section 421.2 424.2 to the IBC to read:

421.2 424.2 Site work for manufactured homes. The aspects for the installation and set up of a new manufactured home is generally subject to the requirements of covered by this code rather than the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95) include, but are not limited to, footings, foundations systems, anchoring of the home, exterior, interior close-up, and additions and alterations done during initial installation. Under those regulations, the building official is responsible for assuring that the installation complies Such aspects shall be subject to and shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions and any special conditions or limitations of use stipulated by the label provided by the manufacturer of the home. To the extent that any aspect of the installation is not provided for in the manufacturer's installation instructions, then the installation shall comply with 24 CFR Part 3285 – Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards. In the case where do not address any aspect enumerated above or when the manufacturer's installation instructions for a manufactured home are not available, such aspects shall be subject to and comply with 24 CFR Part 3285 – Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards shall be substituted for the manufacturer's installation instructions. To the extent that the manufacturer's installation instructions and 24 CFR Part 3285 do not address any aspect enumerated above, the installer must first attempt to obtain Design Approval Primary Inspection Agency (DAPIA) as defined in 24 CFR Part 3285.5, approved designs and instructions prepared by the manufacturer; or if designs and instructions are not available from the manufacturer, obtain an alternate design prepared and certified by an RDP that is consistent with the manufactured home design, conforms to the requirements of the Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee (MHCSS) as defined in 24 CFR Part 3285.5, and has been approved by the manufacturer and the DAPIA. Foundations, stoops Stoops, decks, porches, alterations and additions associated with and used manufactured homes are subject to the requirements shall comply with the provisions of this code and all administrative requirements of this code for permits, inspections and certificates of occupancy are also applicable. The requirements of, which shall include the option of using the IRC shall be permitted to be used for the technical requirements for such construction work. In addition, the installation and set up of the home and the use of Appendix E of the IRC entitled, "Manufactured Housing used as Dwellings," shall be an acceptable alternative to this code for construction work associated with the installation of manufactured homes and for additions, alterations and repairs to manufactured homes the home. Additionally, all applicable provisions of Chapter 1 of this code, including but not limited to requirements for permits, inspections, certificates of occupancy and requiring compliance, are applicable to the installation and set up of a manufactured home. Where the installation or erection of a manufactured home utilizes components that are to be concealed, the installer shall notify the building official that an inspection is necessary and assure that an inspection is performed and approved prior to concealment of such components, unless the building official has agreed to an alternative method of verification.

M.H. L. ] Add Section 421.3 424.3 to the IBC to read:

421.3 424.3 Wind load requirements for manufactured homes. Manufactured homes shall be anchored to withstand the wind loads established by the federal regulation for the area in which the manufactured home is installed. For the purpose of this code, Wind Zone II of the federal regulation shall include the cities of Chesapeake, Norfolk, Portsmouth, and Virginia Beach.

N.I. M. ] Add Section 421.4 424.4 to the IBC to read:

421.4 424.4 Skirting requirements for manufactured homes. As used in this section, "skirting" means a weather-resistant material used to enclose the space from the bottom of the manufactured home to grade. [ Manufactured In accordance with § 36-99.8 of the Code of Virginia, manufactured ] homes installed or relocated shall have skirting installed within 60 days of occupancy of the home. Skirting materials shall be durable, suitable for exterior exposures and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Skirting shall be secured as necessary to ensure stability, to minimize vibrations, to minimize susceptibility to wind damage and to compensate for possible frost heave. Each manufactured home shall have a minimum of one opening in the skirting providing access to any water supply or sewer drain connections under the home. Such openings shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) in any dimension and not less than three square feet (.28 m2) in area. The access panel or door shall not be fastened in a manner requiring the use of a special tool to open or remove the panel or door. On-site fabrication of the skirting by the owner or installer of the home shall be acceptable, provided that the material meets the requirements of this code. [ In addition, as a requirement of this code, skirting for the installation and set-up of a new manufactured home shall also comply with the requirements of 24 CFR Part 3285 – Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards. ]

O.J. N. ] Add Section 421.5 424.5 to the IBC to read:

421.5 424.5 Site work for industrialized buildings. Site work for the erection and installation of an industrialized building is generally subject to the requirements of the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91) and the building official has certain enforcement responsibilities under those regulations shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions. To the extent that any aspect of the erection or installation of an industrialized building is not covered by those regulations the manufacturer's installation instructions, this code shall be applicable. In addition, all administrative requirements of this code for permits, inspections and certificates of occupancy are also applicable. The requirements, including the use of the IRC shall be permitted to be used for any construction work that is subject to this code where the industrialized building would be classified as a Group R-5 building. In addition, all administrative requirements of this code for permits, inspections, and certificates of occupancy are also applicable. Further, the building official may require the submission of plans and specifications for details of items needed to comprise the finished building that are not included or specified in the manufacturer's instructions, including, but not limited to, footings, foundations, supporting structures, proper anchorage, and the completion of the plumbing, mechanical, and electrical systems. Where the installation or erection of an industrialized building utilizes components that are to be concealed, the installer shall notify the building official that an inspection is necessary and assure that an inspection is performed and approved prior to concealment of such components, unless the building official has agreed to an alternative method of verification.

Exception: Temporary family health care structures installed pursuant to § 15.2-2292.1 of the Code of Virginia shall not be required or permitted to be placed on a permanent foundation, but shall otherwise remain subject to all pertinent provisions of this section. ]

P.K. O. ] Add Section 421.6 424.6 to the IBC to read:

421.6 424.6 Relocated industrialized buildings; alterations and additions. Industrialized buildings constructed prior to January 1, 1972, shall be subject to Section 117 when relocated. Alterations and additions to any existing industrialized buildings shall be subject to pertinent provisions of this code. Building officials shall be permitted to require the submission of plans and specifications for the model to aid in the evaluation of the proposed alteration or addition. Such plans and specifications shall be permitted to be submitted in electronic or other available format acceptable to the building official.

P. Add IBC Section 425 Aboveground Liquid Fertilizer Tanks.

Q. Add Sections 425.1 through 425.6 to the IBC to read:

425.1 General. This section shall apply to the construction of ALFSTs and shall supersede any conflicting requirements in other provisions of this code. ALFSTs shall also comply with any applicable non-conflicting requirements of this code.

425.1.1 When change of occupancy rules apply. A change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST occurs when there is a change in the use of a tank from storing liquids other than liquid fertilizers to a use of storing liquid fertilizer and when the type of liquid fertilizer being stored has a difference of at least 20% of the specific gravity or operating temperature, or both, or a significant change in the material's compatibility.

425.2 Standards. Newly constructed welded steel ALFSTs shall comply with API 650 and TFI RMIP, as applicable. Newly constructed ALFSTs constructed of materials other than welded steel shall be constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practice to prevent the discharge of liquid fertilizer and shall be constructed of materials that are resistant to corrosion, puncture or cracking. In addition, newly constructed ALFSTs constructed of materials other than welded steel shall comply with TFI RMIP, as applicable. For the purposes of this code, the use of TFI RMIP shall be construed as mandatory and any language in TFI RMIP, such as, but not limited to, the terms "should" or "may" which indicate that a provision is only a recommendation or a guideline shall be taken as a requirement. ALFSTs shall be placarded in accordance with NFPA 704.

Exception: Sections 4.1.4, 4.2.5, 5.1.2, 5.2.8, 5.3 and 8.1(d)(i) of TFI RMIP shall not be construed as mandatory.

425.3 Secondary containment. When ALFSTs are newly constructed and when there is a change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST, a secondary containment system designed and constructed to prevent any liquid fertilizer from reaching the surface water, groundwater or adjacent land before cleanup occurs shall be provided. The secondary containment system may include dikes, berms or retaining walls, curbing, diversion ponds, holding tanks, sumps, vaults, double-walled tanks, liners external to the tank, or other approved means and shall be capable of holding up to 110% of the capacity of the ALFST as certified by an RDP.

425.4 Repair, alteration and reconstruction of ALFSTs. Repair, alteration and reconstruction of ALFSTs shall comply with applicable provisions of API 653 and TFI RMIP.

425.5 Inspection. Applicable inspections as required by and in accordance with API 653 and TFI RMIP shall be performed for repairs and alterations to ALFSTS, the reconstruction of ALFSTs and when there is a change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST. When required by API 653 or TFI RMIP, such inspections shall occur prior to the use of the ALFST.

425.6 Abandoned ALFSTs. Abandoned ALFSTs shall comply with applicable provisions of Section 3404.2.13.2 of the IFC. ]

13VAC5-63-230

13VAC5-63-230. Chapter 7 Fire-resistant-rated construction.

A. Add Change Section 701.2 to 703.6 of the IBC to read:

701.2 703.6 Fire-resistance assembly marking. Concealed fire walls, vertical fire separation assemblies, fire barriers, fire partitions and smoke barriers shall be designated above ceilings and on the inside of all ceiling access doors which provide access to such fire rated assemblies by signage having letters no smaller than one inch (25.4 mm) in height. Such signage shall indicate the fire-resistance rating of the assembly and the type of assembly and be provided at horizontal intervals of no more than eight feet (2438 mm).

Note: An example of suggested formatting for the signage would be "ONE HOUR FIRE PARTITION."

B. [ Change Section 705.2 of the IBC to read:

705.2 Projections. Except for decks and open porches of buildings in Groups R-3 and R-4, cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balconies and similar projections extending beyond the exterior wall shall conform to the requirements of this section and Section 1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit stairways shall also comply with Sections 1019 and 1026, respectively. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by the following three methods, whichever results in the lesser projection:

1. A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where protected openings or a combination of protected and unprotected openings are required in the exterior wall.

2. A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall are permitted to be unprotected or the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2.

3. More than 12 inches (305 mm) into areas where openings are prohibited.

Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one building in accordance with Section 705.3 are not required to comply with this section.

C. Add Exception 4 to Section 706.5.2 of the IBC to read:

4. Decks and open porches of buildings in Groups R-3 and R-4.

D. ] Delete Sections 707.14.1 and 707.14.2 of the IBC, including all subsections of Section 707.14.2 708.14.1 through 708.14.2.11.

C. Add exception 4 to Section 715.4.3 of the IBC to read:

4. Horizontal sliding doors in smoke barriers that comply with Section 408.3 are permitted in smoke barriers in occupancies in Group I-3.

D. Add an exception to Section 715.5.4 of the IBC to read:

Exception: Security glazing protected on both sides by an automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted in doors and windows in smoke barriers in Group I-3 occupancies. Individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches (0.84 m2), shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in such a manner that the framing system will deflect without breaking (loading) glazing before the sprinkler system operates. The sprinkler system shall be designed to wet completely the entire surface of the affected glazing when actuated.

E.C. E. ] Change Section 716.5.3 of the IBC to read:

716.5.3 Penetrations of shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions:

1. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where steel exhaust subducts extend at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust shafts provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside.

2. Fire dampers are not required where penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 as part of the fire-resistance rated assembly.

3. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where ducts are used as part of an approved smoke-control system in accordance with Section 909.

4. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where the penetrations are in parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated from other building shafts by not less than two-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

5. Smoke dampers are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

13VAC5-63-240

13VAC5-63-240. Chapter 9 Fire protection systems.

A. Add the following definitions to Section 902 of the IBC to read:

Emergency communication equipment. Emergency communication equipment, includes, but is not limited to, two-way radio communications, signal booster, bi-directional amplifiers, radiating cable systems or internal multiple antenna, or a combination of the foregoing.

Emergency public safety personnel. Emergency public safety personnel includes firefighters, emergency medical personnel, law-enforcement officers and other emergency public safety personnel routinely called upon to provide emergency assistance to members of the public in a wide variety of emergency situations, including, but not limited to, fires, medical emergencies, violent crimes and terrorist attacks.

B. Change the following definition in Section 902 of the IBC to read:

Automatic fire-extinguishing system. An approved system of devices and equipment which automatically detects a fire and discharges an approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire and shall include among other systems an automatic sprinkler system, unless otherwise expressly stated.

C. Change Section 903.2.1.2 of the IBC to read:

903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (465 m2) (464.5m2);

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more in night clubs or 300 or more in other Group A-2 occupancies; or

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies.

D. Change Item 2 of Section 903.2.1.3 of the IBC to read:

2. In Group A-3 occupancies other than churches, the fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more. ; or

E. Change Section 903.2.3 of the IBC to read:

903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group E occupancies as follows:

1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 20,000 square feet (1858 m2) in area.

2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that portion of the building.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not required in any area below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that area where every classroom throughout the building has at least one exterior exit door at ground level.

F. Change Section 903.2.7 of the IBC to read:

903.2.7 Group M. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings containing a Group M occupancy where one of the following conditions exists:

1. A Group M fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2).

2. A Group M fire area is located more than three stories above grade plane.

3. The combined area of all Group M fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet (2230 m2).

G. Change Section 903.2 7 903.2.8 of the IBC to read:

903.2.7 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3 shall be provided throughout all buildings with a Group R fire area, except in the following Group R-2 occupancies when the necessary water pressure or volume, or both, for the system is not available:

Exceptions:

1. Buildings which do not exceed two stories, including basements which are not considered as a story above grade, and with a maximum of 16 dwelling units per fire area. Each dwelling unit shall have at least one door opening to an exterior exit access that leads directly to the exits required to serve that dwelling unit.

2. Buildings where all dwelling units are not more than two stories above the lowest level of exit discharge and not more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge of exits serving the dwelling unit and a two-hour fire barrier is provided between each pair of dwelling units. Each bedroom of a dormitory or boarding house shall be considered a dwelling unit under this exception.

F. H. Add Item 6 to Section 903.3.1.1.1 of the IBC to read:

6. Elevator machine rooms and elevator machine spaces for occupant evacuation elevators.

F. G. I. Add Section 903.3.1.2.2 to the IBC to read:

903.3.1.2.2 Attics. Sprinkler protection shall be provided for attics in buildings of Type III, IV or V construction in Group R-2 occupancies that are designed or developed and marketed to senior citizens 55 years of age or older and in Group I-1 occupancies in accordance with Section 6.7.2 of NFPA 13R.

G. H. J. Change Section 903.4.2 of the IBC to read:

903.4.2 Alarms. Approved audible devices shall be connected to every automatic sprinkler system. Such sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the smallest orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be provided on the exterior of the building in an approved location. Where a fire alarm system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire alarm system. Group R-2 occupancies that contain 16 or more dwelling units or sleeping units, any dwelling unit or sleeping unit two or more stories above the lowest level of exit discharge, or any dwelling unit or sleeping unit more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge of exits serving the dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall provide a manual fire alarm box at an approved location to activate the suppression system alarm.

H. I. K. Add an exception to Section 905.2 of the IBC to read:

Exception: The residual pressure of 100 psi for 2-1/2 inch hose connection and 65 psi for 1-1/2 inch hose connection is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and where the highest floor level is not more than 150 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.

I. J. L. Change Item 1 of Section 906.1 of the IBC to read:

906.1 General. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in occupancies and locations as required by the International Fire Code.

1. In Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1, R-4, and S occupancies.

[ Exceptions Exception:

1. ] Group R-2 occupancies In Group A, B, and E occupancies equipped throughout with quick response sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall be required only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6. ]

2. In Group I-3 occupancies, portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be located at staff locations and the access to such extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked.

J. K. M. Change Section 907.2.1.1 of the IBC to read:

907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupancies with a occupant load of 1,000 or more and in certain night clubs. Activation of the fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more and in night clubs with an occupant load of 300 or more shall initiate a signal using an emergency voice and alarm communications system in accordance with NFPA 72 Section 907.5.2.2.

Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded announcement is allowed to be manually deactivated for a period of time, not to exceed three minutes, for the sole purpose of allowing a live voice announcement from an approved, constantly attended location.

K. Change Section 907.2.9 of the IBC to read:

907.2.9 Group R-2. A manual fire alarm system shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies.

Exceptions:

1. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings not over two stories in height where all dwelling units or sleeping rooms and contiguous attic and crawl spaces are separated from each other and public or common areas by at least one-hour fire partitions and each dwelling unit or sleeping room has an exit directly to a public way, exit court or yard.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required throughout the building when the following conditions are met:

2.1. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 ; and

2.2. The notification appliances will activate upon sprinkler flow.

L. N. Change Add an exception to Section 907.9.2 907.5.2.1.1 of the IBC to read:

907.9.2 Audible alarms. Audible alarm notification appliances shall be provided and shall sound a distinctive sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm. The audible alarm notification appliances shall provide a sound pressure level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the average ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, in every occupied space within the building. The minimum sound pressure levels shall be: 70 dBA in occupancies in Groups R and I-1; 90 dBA in mechanical equipment rooms and 60 dBAin other occupancies. The maximum sound pressure level for audible alarm notification appliances shall be 120 dBA at the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance. Where the average ambient noise is greater than 105 dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notification appliances shall not be required.

Exceptions Exception:1. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification appliances in critical-care areas of Group I-2 occupancies.2. Sound pressure levels in Group I-3 occupancies shall be permitted to be limited to only the notification of occupants in the affected smoke compartment.

O. Add Sections 908.7, 908.7.1 and 908.7.2 to the IBC to read:

908.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with this section.

908.7.1 Alarm requirements. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be single station, hard wired, plug-in or battery type, listed as complying with UL 2034, and shall be installed in accordance with this code and the manufacturer's installation instructions.

908.7.2 Where required. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be installed outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms in dwelling units and outside of, but in the immediate vicinity of, each sleeping unit in all Group R occupancies located within buildings containing fuel-fired appliances or where a dwelling unit or sleeping unit in a Group R occupancy is attached to a Group U private garage.

M. P. Change Section 909.6 of the IBC to read:

909.6 Pressurization method. When approved by the building official, the means of controlling smoke shall be permitted by pressure differences across smoke barriers. Maintenance of a tenable environment is not required in the smoke-control zone of fire origin.

Q. Change Section 911.1.3 of the IBC to read:

911.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be a minimum of 96 square feet (9 m2) in area with a minimum dimension of eight feet (2438 mm).

Exception: Where it is determined by the building official, after consultation with the fire chief, that specific building characteristics require a larger fire command center, the building official may increase the minimum required size of the fire command center up to 200 square feet (19 m2) in area with a minimum dimension of up to 10 feet (3048 mm).

N. R. Add Change the title of IBC Section 913 915 to read:

In-Building Emergency Communications Coverage.

O. S. Add Change Section 913.1 to 915.1 of the IBC to read:

913.1 915.1 General. In-building For localities utilizing public safety wireless communications, dedicated infrastructure to accommodate and perpetuate continuous in-building emergency communication equipment to allow emergency public safety personnel to send and receive emergency communications shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with this section.

Exceptions:

1. Buildings of Use Groups A-5, I-4, within dwelling units of R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5, and U.

2. Buildings of Type IV and V construction without basements, that are not considered unlimited area buildings in accordance with Section 507.

3. Above grade single story buildings of less than 20,000 square feet.

4. Buildings or leased spaces occupied by federal, state, or local governments, or the contractors thereof, with security requirements where the building official has approved an alternative method to provide emergency communication equipment for emergency public safety personnel.

5. Where the owner provides technological documentation from a qualified individual that the structure or portion thereof does not impede emergency communication signals.

P. T. Add Sections 913.2, 913.2.1, 913.2.2 and 913.2.3 915.2, 915.2.1, 915.2.2, 915.1.1, 915.1.2 and 915.2.3 915.1.3 to the IBC to read:

913.2 915.2 Where required. For localities utilizing public safety wireless communications, new buildings and structures shall be equipped throughout with dedicated infrastructure to accommodate and perpetuate continuous emergency communication.

912.2.1 915.2.1 915.1.1 Installation. Radiating The building owner shall install radiating cable systems, such as coaxial cable or equivalent ,. The radiating cable shall be installed in dedicated conduits, raceways, plenums, attics, or roofs, compatible for these specific installations as well as other applicable provisions of this code. The locality shall be responsible for the installation of any additional communication equipment required for the operation of the system.

913.2.2 915.2.2 915.1.2 Operations. The locality will assume all responsibilities for the installation operation and maintenance of additional the emergency communication equipment. To allow the locality access to and the ability to operate such equipment, The building owner shall provide sufficient operational space within the building shall be provided to allow the locality access to and the ability to operate in-building emergency communication equipment.

913.2.3 915.2.3 915.1.3 Inspection. In accordance with Section 113.3, all installations shall be inspected prior to concealment.

Q. U. Add Section 913.3 915.3 915.2 to the IBC to read:

913.3 915.3 915.2 Acceptance test. Upon completion of installation, after providing reasonable notice to the owner or their representative, emergency public safety personnel shall have the right during normal business hours, or other mutually agreed upon time, to enter onto the property to conduct field tests to verify that the required level of radio coverage is present at no cost to the owner. Any noted deficiencies in the installation of the radiating cable or operational space shall be provided in an inspection report to the owner or the owner's representative.

13VAC5-63-245

13VAC5-63-245. Chapter 10 Means of egress.

A. Change Section 1004.3 of the IBC to read:

1004.3 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy and where the occupant load of that room or space is 50 or more shall have the occupant load of the room or space posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent.

B. Change Exception 3 of Section 1007.3 of the IBC to read:

3. The clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) between handrails and the area of refuge is not required at exit stairways in buildings or facilities equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

C. Change Section 1007.4 of the IBC to read:

1007.4 Elevators. In order to be considered part of an accessible means of egress, an elevator shall comply with the emergency operation and signaling device requirements of Section 2.27 of ASME A17.1. Standby power shall be provided in accordance with Sections 2702 and 3003. The elevator shall be accessed from either an area of refuge complying with Section 1007.6 or a horizontal exit.

Exceptions:

1. Elevators are not required to be accessed from an area of refuge or horizontal exit in open parking garages.

2. Elevators are not required to be accessed from an area of refuge or horizontal exit in buildings and facilities equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

D. B.Change Section 1005.1 of the IBC to read:

1005.1 Minimum required egress width. The means of egress width shall not be less than required by this section. The total width of means of egress in inches (mm) shall not be less than the total occupant load served by the means of egress multiplied by 0.3 inches (7.62 mm) per occupant for stairways and by 0.2 inches (5.08 mm) per occupant for other egress components. The width shall not be less than specified elsewhere in this code. Multiple means of egress shall be sized such that the loss of any one means of egress shall not reduce the available capacity to less than 50% of the required capacity. The maximum capacity required from any story of a building shall be maintained to the termination of the means of egress.

Exceptions:

1. Means of egress complying with Section 1028.

2. For occupancies other than Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and I-2, in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the total width of means of egress in inches (mm) shall not be less than the total occupant load served by the means of egress multiplied by 0.2 inches (5.08 mm) per occupant for stairways and by 0.15 inches (3.81 mm) per occupant for other egress components.

C. Change Section 1007.2 of the IBC to read:

1007.2 Continuity and components. Each required accessible means of egress shall be continuous to a public way and shall consist of one or more of the following components:

1. Accessible routes complying with Section 1104.

2. Interior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3 and 1022.

3. Exterior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3 and 1026 and serving levels other than the level of exit discharge.

4. Elevators complying with Section 1007.4.

5. Platform lifts complying with Section 1007.5.

6. Horizontal exits complying with Section 1025.

7. Ramps complying with Section 1010.

8. Areas of refuge complying with Section 1007.6.

9. Exterior area for assisted rescue complying with Section 1007.7 serving exits at the level of exit discharge.

D. ] Change Section 1007.6.2 of the IBC to read:

1007.6.2 Separation. Each area of refuge shall be separated from the remainder of the story by a smoke barrier complying with Section 709 or a horizontal exit complying with Section [ 1021 1025 ]. Each area of refuge shall be designed to minimize the intrusion of smoke.

Exceptions:

1. Areas of refuge located within [ a vertical an ] exit enclosure.

2. Areas of refuge where the area of refuge and areas served by the area of refuge are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

E.C. E. Change Section 1007.7, including subsections, of the IBC to read:

1007.7 Exterior area for assisted rescue. The exterior area for assisted rescue shall be an area provided on the exterior landing serving an exit door on an accessible route. The exterior area of assisted rescue shall meet the size and access requirements of Section 1007.6.1.

1007.7.1 Separation. Exterior walls separating the exterior area of assisted rescue from the interior of the building shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of one hour, rated for exposure to fire from the inside. The fire resistance rated exterior wall construction shall extend horizontally 10 feet (3048 mm) beyond the landing on either side of the landing or equivalent fire resistance rated construction is permitted to extend out perpendicular to the exterior wall four feet (1220 mm) minimum on the side of the landing. The fire resistance rated construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor level of the area for assisted rescue or to the roof line, whichever is lower. Openings within such fire resistance rated exterior walls shall be protected in accordance with Section 715.

1007.7.2 Openness. The exterior area for assisted rescue shall be at least 50% open, and the open area above the guards shall be so distributed as to minimize the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

1007.7.3 Exterior stairway. Exterior stairways that are part of the means of egress for the exterior area for assisted rescue shall provide a clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) between handrails.

F. ] Change Item 2 of Section 1008.1.8.3 1008.1.9.3 of the IBC to read:

2. In buildings in occupancy Groups B, F, M and S, the main exterior door or doors are permitted to be equipped with key-operated locking devices from the egress side provided:

2.1. The locking device is readily distinguishable as locked.

2.2. A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress side on or adjacent to the door stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. The sign shall be in letters one inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting background.

2.3. The use of the key-operated locking device is revokable by the building official for due cause.

D. G. ] Delete Section 1008.1.9.6 of the IBC.

F.E. H. ] Change Section 1008.1.8.6 1008.1.9.7 of the IBC to read:

1008.1.8.6 1008.1.9.7 Delayed egress locks. Approved, listed, delayed egress locks shall be permitted to be installed on doors serving any occupancy including Group A-3, airport facilities, except Group A, E and H occupancies in buildings which are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or an approved automatic smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907, provided that the doors unlock in accordance with Items 1 through 6 below. A building occupant shall not be required to pass through more than one door equipped with a delayed egress lock before entering an exit.

1. The doors unlock upon actuation of the automatic sprinkler system or automatic fire detection system.

2. The doors unlock upon loss of power controlling the lock or lock mechanism.

3. The door locks shall have the capability of being unlocked by a signal from the fire command center.

4. The initiation of an irreversible process which will release the latch in not more than 15 seconds when a force of not more than 15 pounds (67 N) is applied for 1 second to the release device. Initiation of the irreversible process shall activate an audible signal in the vicinity of the door. Once the door lock has been released by the application of force to the releasing device, relocking shall be by manual means only.

Exception: Where approved, a delay of not more than 30 seconds is permitted.

5. A sign shall be provided on the door located above and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the release device reading: PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS.

Exception: Where approved, such sign shall read: PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 30 SECONDS.

6. Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door.

G. Add Section 1008.1.8.8 to the IBC to read:

1008.1.8.8 Locking arrangements in correctional facilities. In occupancies in Groups A-3, A-4, B, E, F, I, M and S within penal facilities, doors in means of egress serving rooms or spaces occupied by persons whose movements must be controlled for security reasons shall be permitted to be locked if equipped with egress control devices which shall unlock manually and by at least one of the following means:

1. Actuation of an automatic fire suppression system required by Section 903.2.

2. Actuation of a key-operated manual alarm station required by Section 907.2.

3. A signal from a central control station.

F. I. ] Delete the exception in Section 1008.1.10 of the IBC.

H.G. J. ] Add Section 1008.1.10 1008.1.11 to the IBC to read:

1008.1.10 1008.1.11 Locking certain residential sliding doors. In dwelling units of Group R-2 buildings, exterior sliding doors which are one story or less above grade, or shared by two dwelling units, or are otherwise accessible from the outside, shall be equipped with locks. The mounting screws for the lock case shall be inaccessible from the outside. The lock bolt shall engage the strike in a manner that will prevent it from being disengaged by movement of the door.

Exception: Exterior sliding doors which are equipped with removable metal pins or charlie bars.

I.H. K. ] Add Section 1008.1.11 1008.1.12 to the IBC to read:

1008.1.11 1008.1.12 Door viewers in certain residential buildings. Entrance doors to dwelling units of Group R-2 buildings shall be equipped with door viewers with a field of vision of not less than 180 degrees.

Exception: Entrance doors having a vision panel or side vision panels.

J.I. L. ] Change Exception 4 5 of Section [ 1009.3 1009.4.2 ] of the IBC to read:

4. 5. In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupancies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; the maximum riser height shall be 8.25 inches (210 mm) ; the minimum tread depth shall be 9 inches (229 mm); the minimum winder tread depth at the walk line shall be 10 inches (254 mm); and the minimum winder tread depth shall be 6 inches (152 mm). A nosing not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) but not more than 1.25 inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the tread depth is less than 11 inches (279 mm).

K. Add exception 6 to Section 1009.3 of the IBC to read:

6. Stairways in penal facilities serving guard towers, observation stations and control rooms not more than 250 square feet (23 m2) in area shall be permitted to have risers not exceeding 8 inches (203 mm) in height and treads not less than 9 inches (229 mm) in depth.

L. Change Exception 2 of Section 1009.3.3 of the IBC to read:

2. Solid risers are not required for occupancies in Group I-3. There are no restrictions on size of the opening in the riser.

M. Add Section 1009.12 to the IBC to read:

1009.12 Ships ladders. Ships ladders are permitted as an element of a means of egress to and from facility observation or control rooms not more than 250 square feet (23 m2) in area that serves not more than three occupants and for access to unoccupied roofs.

Ships ladders shall have a maximum projected tread of five inches (127 mm), a minimum tread depth of 8.5 inches (216 mm), a minimum tread width of 15 inches (612 mm) and a maximum riser height of 9.5 inches (241 mm).

Handrails shall be provided on both sides of ships ladders.

N. Change Exception 4 of Section 1011.1 of the IBC to read:

4. Exit signs are not required in dayrooms, sleeping rooms or dormitory spaces in occupancies in Group I-3.

O.J. M. Add Exception 3 to Section 1009.7 of the IBC to read:

3. Spiral stairways used as a means of egress from technical production areas.

N. ] Add Exception 5 3 to Item 2 4 of Section 1014.2 of the IBC to read:

5. 3. A maximum of one exit access is permitted to pass through kitchens, store rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes provided such a space is not the only means of exit access.

P.K. O. ] Change Table 1015.1 of the IBC to read:

Table 1015.1
Spaces With One Means of Egress Exit or Exit Access Doorway

Occupancy

Maximum Occupant Load

A, B, Ea, F, M, U

50

H-1, H-2, H-3

3

H-4, H-5, I-1, I-3, I-4, R

10

S

29

a a. Day care maximum occupant load is 10.

Q.L. P. ] Change exception Exception 2 of Section 1015.2.1 of the IBC to read:

2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the separation distance of the exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be less than one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area served.

M. Q. ] Delete Sections 1015.6 and 1015.6.1 of the IBC.

R.N. R. ] Change Table 1017.1 1018.1 of the IBC to read:

Table 1017.1. 1018.1
Corridor Fire-Resistance Rating.

Occupancy

Occupant Load Served By Corridor

Required Fire-Resistance Rating (hours)

Without sprinkler system

With sprinkler systemb

H-1, H-2, H-3

All

1 Not Permitted ]

1

H-4, H-5

Greater than 30

1 Not Permitted ]

1

A, B, E, F, M, S, U

Greater than 30

1

0

R

Greater than 10

1

0.5

I-2a, I-4

All

Not Permitted

0

I-1, I-3

All

Not Permitted

0

aa. For requirements for occupancies in Group I-2, see Section Sections 407.2 and 407.3.

b b. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sections 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed.

O. S. Add Exception 7 to Section 1018.2 of the IBC to read:

7. Forty-four inches (1118 mm) – In corridors of Group I-2 assisted living facilities serving areas with wheelchair, walker and gurney traffic where residents are capable of self-preservation or where resident rooms have a means of egress door leading directly to the outside.

T. ] Change Table 1021.2 to read:

Table 1021.2

Stories With One Exit

Story

Occupancy

Maximum Occupants (or Dwelling Units) Per Floor and Travel Distance

First story or basement

A, Bd, Ee, Fd, M, U, Sd

50 occupants and 75 feet travel distance

H-2, H-3

3 occupants and 25 feet travel distance

H-4, H-5, I, R

10 occupants and 75 feet travel distance

Sa

29 occupants and 100 feet travel distance

Second story

Bb, F, M, Sa

29 occupants and 75 feet travel distance

R-2

4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance

Third story

R-2c

4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

a. For the required number of exits for parking structures, see Section 1021.1.2.

b. For the required number of exits for air traffic control towers, see Section 412.3.

c. Buildings classified as Group R-2 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and provided with emergency escape and rescue openings in accordance with Section 1029.

d. Group B, F and S occupancies in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall have a maximum travel distance of 100 feet.

e. Day care occupancies shall have a maximum occupant load of 10.

U. Change Exception 6 of Section 1022.1 of the IBC to read:

6. Means of egress stairways as provided for in Section 410.6.2 are not required to be enclosed.

V. Change Section 1022.8 of the IBC to read:

1022.8 Floor identification signs. A sign shall be provided at each floor landing in exit enclosures connecting more than three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the exit enclosure and the identification of the stair or ramp by designation with a letter of the alphabet. The signage shall also state the story of, and the direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof access from the enclosure for the fire department. The sign shall be located five feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions. Floor level identification signs in tactile characters complying with ICC A117.1 shall be located at each floor level landing adjacent to the door leading from the enclosure into the corridor to identify the floor level.

W. Change Section 1024.1 of the IBC to read:

1024.1 General. Approved luminous egress path markings delineating the exit path shall be provided in buildings of Groups A, B, E, I, M and R-1 having occupied floors located more than 420 feet (128 016 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access in accordance with Sections 1024.1 through 1024.5.

Exceptions:

1. Luminous egress path markings shall not be required on the level of exit discharge in lobbies that serve as part of the exit path in accordance with Section 1027.1, Exception 1.

2. Luminous egress path markings shall not be required in areas of open parking garages that serve as part of the exit path in accordance with Section 1027.1, Exception 3. ]

13VAC5-63-250

13VAC5-63-250. Chapter 11 Accessibility.

A. Add an exception to Section 1101.2 of the IBC to read:

Exception: Wall-mounted visible alarm notification appliances in Group I-3 occupancies shall be permitted to be a maximum of 120 inches (3048 mm) above the floor or ground, measured to the bottom of the appliance. Such appliances shall otherwise comply with all applicable requirements.

B.Change Add ] Section1103.2.7 of 1103.2.16 to ] the IBC to read:

1103.2.7 1103.2.16 ] Raisedand lowered ] areasin places of religious worship ]. Raisedor lowered ] areasused primarily for purposes of security, life safety or fire safety including, but not limited to, observation galleries, prison guard towers, fire towers or lifeguard stands, and raised areas used primarily for religious ceremonies in a place in places ] of religious worship are not required to be accessible or to be served by an accessible routeprovided such areas are used exclusively for the performance of religious ceremonies and are located within an accessible story or mezzanine ].

B. C. Add Section 1106.8 to the IBC to read:

1106.8 Identification of accessible parking spaces. In addition to complying with applicable provisions of this chapter, all accessible parking spaces shall be identified by above grade signs. A sign or symbol painted or otherwise displayed on the pavement of a parking space shall not constitute an above grade sign. All above grade parking space signs shall have the bottom edge of the sign no lower than four feet (1219 mm) nor higher than seven feet (2133 mm) above the parking surface. All disabled parking signs shall include the following language: PENALTY, $100-500 Fine, TOW-AWAY ZONE. Such language may be placed on a separate sign and attached below existing above grade disabled parking signs, provided that the bottom edge of the attached sign is no lower than four feet above the parking surface.

C. D. Change Item 1 of Section 1110.1 of the IBC to read:

1. Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106.1.

13VAC5-63-264

 [ 13VAC5-63-264. Chapter 13 Energy efficiency.

Add Section 1301.1.1.1 to the IBC to read:

1301.1.1.1 Changes to the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). The following change shall be made to the IECC:

1. Delete Section 401.3.

2. Change Section 403.2.2 to read:

403.2.2 Sealing (Mandatory). All ducts, air handlers, filter boxes and building cavities used as ducts shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section M1601.4.1 of the International Residential Code. Verification of compliance with this section shall be in accordance with either Section 403.2.2.1 or Section 403.2.2.2.

3. Add Section 403.2.2.1 to read:

403.2.2.1 Testing option. Duct tightness shall be verified by either of the following:

1. Post-construction test: Leakage to outdoors shall be less than or equal to 8 cfm (3.78 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area or a total leakage less than or equal to 12 cfm (5.66 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29m2) of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire system, including the manufacturer's air handler end closure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test.

2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal to 6 cfm (2.83 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the roughed in system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air handler is not installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less than or equal to 4 cfm (1.89 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area.

Exception: Duct tightness test is not required if the air handler and all ducts are located within conditioned space.

When this option is chosen, testing shall be performed by approved qualified individuals, testing agencies or contractors. Testing and results shall be as prescribed in Section 403.2.2 and approved recognized industry standards.

4. Add Section 403.2.2.2 to read:

403.2.2.2 Visual inspection option. In addition to the inspection of ducts otherwise required by this code, when the air handler and all ducts are not within conditioned space and this option is chosen to verify duct tightness, duct tightness shall be considered acceptable when the requirements of Section 403.2.2 are field verified. ]

13VAC5-63-267

 13VAC5-63-267. Chapter 14 Exterior walls.

Change Section 1405.12.2 1405.13.2 of the IBC to read:

1405.12.2 1405.13.2 Window sills. In Occupancy Groups R-2 and R-3, one- and two-family and multiple-family dwellings, where the opening of the sill portion of an operable window is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below, the lowest part of the clear opening of the window shall be a minimum of at a heightof not ] less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor surface of the room in which the window is located. Glazing between the floor and a height of 18 inches (457 mm) shall be fixed or have openings such that through which a 4-inch (102 mm) diameter sphere cannot pass through.

Exception: Openings that are provided with window guards that comply with ASTM F2006 or F2090.

13VAC5-63-280

 [ 13VAC5-63-280. Chapter 17 Structural tests and special inspections.

A. Change Section 1703.1 of the IBC to read:

1703.1 Approved agency. An approved agency responsible for laboratory testing or special inspections, or both, must comply with the qualification, certification and experience requirements of ASTM E329 or the alternatives listed herein.

B. Change Section 1703.1.1 of the IBC to read:

1703.1.1 Independent. An approved agency shall be objective and competent. The agency shall also disclose possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed. The special inspector and their agents shall be independent from the person, persons or contractor responsible for the physical construction of the project requiring special inspections.

C. Change Section 1703.1.3 of the IBC to read:

1703.1.3 Personnel. An approved agency shall employ experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervising and evaluating tests or inspections, or both. Upon request by the building official, documentation shall be provided demonstrating the applicable agency's accreditation as noted in ASTM E329 and individuals' resumes indicating pertinent training, certifications and other qualifications for special inspection personnel associated with the proposed construction requiring special inspections. The building official may prescribe the manner of qualification documentation and frequency of updating information regarding agency or individual inspector approval.

Firms providing special inspection services or individual inspectors seeking approval of alternative certifications or qualifications, or both, listed in ASTM E329 may submit documentation demonstrating equivalency. This documentation may include evidence of meeting other recognized standards or alternative certifications to demonstrate that the minimum qualifications, certification and experience intended by ASTM E329 have been met. The building official may, if satisfied that equivalency has been demonstrated, approve the credentials of the firm or individual.

D. Change Section 1704.1 of the IBC to read:

1704.1. General. Where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during construction on the types of work listed under Section 1704. All individuals or agents performing special inspection functions shall operate under the direct supervision of an RDP in responsible charge of special inspection activities, also known as the "special inspector." The special inspector shall ensure that the individuals under their charge are performing only those special inspections or laboratory testing that are consistent with their knowledge, training and certification for the specified inspection or laboratory testing.

Exceptions:

1. Special inspections are not required for work of a minor nature or as warranted by conditions in the jurisdiction as approved by the building official.

2. Special inspections are not required for building components unless the design involves the practice of professional engineering or architecture as defined by the laws of this Commonwealth and regulations governing the professional registration and certification of engineers and architects.

3. Unless otherwise required by the building official, special inspections are not required for occupancies in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 and occupancies in Group U that are accessory to a residential occupancy including, but not limited to, those listed in Section 312.1.

E. Change Section 1704.1.1 of the IBC to read:

1704.1.1 Statement of special inspections. The permit applicant shall submit a statement of special inspections prepared by the RDP in responsible charge in accordance with Section 111.1. This statement shall be in accordance with Section 1705.

Exceptions:

1. A statement of special inspections is not required for structures designed and constructed in accordance with the conventional construction provisions of Section 2308.

2. The statement of special inspections is permitted to be prepared by a qualified person approved by the building official for construction not designed by a registered design professional.

F. Change category "11" to "12" of Table 1704.4 of the IBC to read:

 

Verification and inspection

Continuous

Periodic

Referenced Standard

IBC Reference

 

11. 12. Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being formed, shoring and reshoring.

--

X

ACI 318: 6.1, 6.2

1906 ]

13VAC5-63-290

13VAC5-63-290. Chapter 18 Soils and foundations.

A. ] Change the exception to Section 1803.5 1804.5 of the IBC to read:

Exception: Compacted fill material less than 12 inches (305 mm) in depth need not comply with an approved report, provided it is a natural non-organic material that is not susceptible to swelling when exposed to moisture and it has been compacted to a minimum of 90% Modified Proctor in accordance with ASTM D1557. The compaction shall be verified by a qualified inspector approved by the building official. Material other than natural material may be used as fill material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by the building official.

B. Add an exception to Section 1808.1 of the IBC to read:

Exception: One-story detached accessory structures not exceeding 256 square feet (23.78m2) of building area, provided all of the following conditions are met:

1. The building eave height is 10 feet (3048 mm) or less.

2. The maximum height from the finished floor level to grade does not exceed 18 inches (457.2 mm).

3. The supporting structural elements in direct contact with the ground shall be placed level on firm soil and when such elements are wood they shall be approved pressure preservative treated suitable for ground contact use.

4. The structure is anchored to withstand wind loads as required by this code.

5. The structure shall be of light-frame construction with walls and roof of light weight material, not slate, tile, brick or masonry. ]

13VAC5-63-300

 13VAC5-63-300. Chapter 27 Electrical.

A. Change Section 2701.1 of the IBC to read:

2701.1 Scope. This chapter governs the electrical components, equipment and systems used in buildings and structures covered by this code. Electrical components, equipment and systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 70. [ Any references in this code to the ICC Electrical Code shall be considered to be references to NFPA 70. ]

B. Add Section 2701.1.1 to the IBC to read:

2701.1.1 Changes to NFPA 70. The following change shall be made to NFPA 70:

1. Change Sections 334.10(2) and 334.10(3) of NFPA 70 to read:

(2) Multifamily dwellings not exceeding four floors above grade and multifamily dwellings of any height permitted to be of Types III, IV and V construction except in any case as prohibited in 334.12.

(3) Other structures not exceeding four floors above grade and other structures of any height permitted to be of Types III, IV and V construction except in any case as prohibited in 334.12. In structures exceeding four floors above grade, cables shall be concealed within walls, floors or ceilings that provide a thermal barrier of material that has at least a 15-minute finish rating as identified in listings of fire-rated assemblies.

For the purpose of Items 2 and 3 above, the first floor of a building shall be that floor that has 50% or more of the exterior wall surface area level with or above finished grade. One additional level that is the first level and not designed for human habitation and used only for vehicle parking, storage or similar use shall be permitted.

C. Add Section 2701.1.2 to the IBC to read:

2701.1.2 Temporary connection to dwelling units. The building official shall give permission to energize the electrical service equipment of a one- or two-family dwelling unit when all of the following requirements have been approved:

1. The service wiring and equipment, including the meter socket enclosure, shall be installed and the service wiring terminated.

2. The grounding electrode system shall be installed and terminated.

3. At least one receptacle outlet on a ground fault protected circuit shall be installed and the circuit wiring terminated.

4. Service equipment covers shall be installed.

5. The building roof covering shall be installed.

6. Temporary electrical service equipment shall be suitable for wet locations unless the interior is dry and protected from the weather.

D. Add Section 2701.1.3 to the IBC to read:

2701.1.3 Assisted living facility generator requirements. Generators installed to comply with regulations for assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be permitted to be optional standby systems.

E. Change Section 2702.2.17 of the IBC to read:

2702.2.17 Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies. Emergency power shall be provided in accordance with Section 407.8407.10 407.11 ] for Group I-2 occupancies licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospital, nursing or hospice facility. Emergency power shall be provided for doors in Group I-3 occupancies in accordance with Section 408.4.2.

13VAC5-63-310

13VAC5-63-310. Chapter 28 Mechanical systems.

A. Change Section 2801.1 of the IBC to read:

2801.1 Scope. Mechanical appliances, equipment and systems shall be constructed and installed in accordance with this chapter, the International Mechanical Code and the International Fuel Gas Code. Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the International Mechanical Code and Chapter 21 of this code.

Exception: This code shall not govern the construction of water heaters, boilers and pressure vessels to the extent which they are regulated by the Virginia Boiler and Pressure Vessel Regulations (16VAC25-50). However, the building official may require the owner of a structure to submit documentation to substantiate compliance with those regulations.

B. Add IBC Section 2802 Heating Facilities.

C. B. Add Section 2802.1 2801.1.1 to the IBC to read:

2802.1 2801.1.1 Required heating in dwelling units. Heating facilities shall be required in every dwelling unit or portion thereof which is to be rented, leased or let on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish heat to the occupants thereof. The heating facilities shall be capable of maintaining the room temperature at 65°F (18°C) during the period from October 15 to May 1 during the hours between 6:30 a.m. and 10:30 p.m. of each day and not less than 60°F (16°C) during other hours when measured at a point three feet (914 mm) above the floor and three feet (914 mm) from the exterior walls. The capability of the heating system shall be based on the outside design temperature required for the locality by this code.

D. C. Add Section 2802.2 2801.1.2 to the IBC to read:

2802.2 2801.1.2 Required heating in nonresidential structures. Heating facilities shall be required in every enclosed occupied space in nonresidential structures. The heating facilities shall be capable of producing sufficient heat during the period from October 1 to May 15 to maintain a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during all working hours. The required room temperature shall be measured at a point three feet (914 mm) above the floor and three feet (914 mm) from the exterior walls.

Processing, storage and operation areas that require cooling or special temperature conditions and areas in which persons are primarily engaged in vigorous physical activities are exempt from these requirements.

E. D. Add Section 2803.1 2801.1.3 to the IBC to read:

2803.1 2801.1.3 Changes to the International Mechanical Code [ (IMC) ]. The following changeschange changes ] shall be made to the [ International Mechanical Code IMC ]:

1. Add the following definitions to Section 202 of the International Mechanical Code:

Breathing zone. The region within an occupied space between planes three and 72 inches (75 and 1800 mm) above the floor and more than two feet (600 mm) from the walls of the space or from fixed air-conditioning equipment.

Net occupiable floor area. The floor area of an occupiable space defined by the inside surfaces of its walls, but excluding shafts, column enclosures and other permanently enclosed, inaccessible and unoccupiable areas. Obstructions in the space such as furnishings, display or storage racks and other obstructions, whether temporary or permanent, shall not be deducted from the space area.

Occupiable space. An enclosed space intended for human activities, excluding those spaces intended primarily for other purposes, such as storage rooms and equipment rooms, that are only intended to be occupied occasionally and for short periods of time.

Zone. One occupiable space or several occupiable spaces with similar occupancy classification (see Table 403.3), occupant density, zone air distribution effectiveness and zone primary airflow rate per unit area.

2. Replace Section 403 of the International Mechanical Code to read:

Section 403.

Mechanical Ventilation.

403.1 Ventilation system. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply air and return or exhaust air. The amount of supply air shall be approximately equal to the amount of return and exhaust air. The system shall not be prohibited from producing negative or positive pressure. The system to convey ventilation air shall be designed and installed in accordance with Chapter 6.

403.2 Outdoor air required. The minimum outdoor airflow rate shall be determined in accordance with Section 403.3. Ventilation supply systems shall be designed to deliver the required rate of outdoor airflow to the breathing zone within each occupiable space.

Exception: Where the registered design professional demonstrates that an engineered ventilation system design will prevent the maximum concentration of contaminants from exceeding that obtainable by the rate of outdoor air ventilation determined in accordance with Section 403.3, the minimum required rate of outdoor air shall be reduced in accordance with such engineered system design.

403.2.1 Recirculation of air. The outdoor air required by Section 403.3 shall not be recirculated. Air in excess of that required by Section 403.3 shall not be prohibited from being recirculated as a component of supply air to building spaces, except that:

1. Ventilation air shall not be recirculated from one dwelling to another or to dissimilar occupancies.

2. Supply air to a swimming pool and associated deck areas shall not be recirculated unless such air is dehumidified to maintain the relative humidity of the area at 60 percent or less. Air from this area shall not be recirculated to other spaces where 10 percent or more of the resulting supply airstream consists of air recirculated from these spaces.

3. Where mechanical exhaust is required by Note b in Table 403.3, recirculation of air from such spaces shall be prohibited. All air supplied to such spaces shall be exhausted, including any air in excess of that required by Table 403.3.

4. Where mechanical exhaust is required by Note h in Table 403.3, mechanical exhaust is required and recirculation is prohibited where 10 percent or more of the resulting supply airstream consists of air recirculated from these spaces.

403.2.2 Transfer air. Except where recirculation from such spaces is prohibited by Table 403.3, air transferred from occupiable spaces is not prohibited from serving as makeup air for required exhaust systems in such spaces as kitchens, baths, toilet rooms, elevators and smoking lounges. The amount of transfer air and exhaust air shall be sufficient to provide the flow rates as specified in Section 403.3. The required outdoor airflow rates specified in Table 403.3 shall be introduced directly into such spaces or into the occupied spaces from which air is transferred or a combination of both.

403.3 Outdoor airflow rate. Ventilation systems shall be designed to have the capacity to supply the minimum outdoor airflow rate determined in accordance with this section. The occupant load utilized for design of the ventilation system shall not be less than the number determined from the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3. Ventilation rates for occupancies not represented in Table 403.3 shall be those for a listed occupancy classification that is most similar in terms of occupant density, activities and building construction; or shall be determined by an approved engineering analysis. The ventilation system shall be designed to supply the required rate of ventilation air continuously during the period the building is occupied, except as otherwise stated in other provisions of the code.

With the exception of smoking lounges, the ventilation rates in Table 403.3 are based on the absence of smoking in occupiable spaces. Where smoking is anticipated in a space other than a smoking lounge, the ventilation system serving the space shall be designed to provide ventilation over and above that required by Table 403.3 in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

Exception: The occupant load is not required to be determined, based on the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3 where approved statistical data document the accuracy of an alternate anticipated occupant density.

Table 403.3
Minimum Ventilation Rates

Occupancy Classification

People Outdoor Airflow Rate in Breathing Zone Cfm/person

Area Outdoor Airflow Rate in Breathing Zone Ra cfm/ft2a

Default Occupant Density #/1000 ft2a

Exhaust Airflow Rate Cfm/ft2a

Correctional Facilities

Cells

without plumbing fixtures

5

0.12

25

-

with plumbing fixturesg

5

0.12

25

-

Dining halls (See Food and Beverage Service)

-

-

-

-

Guard stations

5

0.06

15

-

Day room

5

0.06

50

-

Booking/waiting

7.5

0.06

50

-

Dry cleaners, laundries

Coin-operated dry cleaner

15

-

20

-

Coin-operated laundries

7.5

0.06

20

-

Commercial dry cleaner

30

-

30

-

Commercial laundry

25

-

10

-

Storage pick up

7.5

.12

30

-

Education

Auditoriums

5

0.06

150

-

Corridors (See Public Spaces)

-

-

-

-

Media center

10

0.12

25

-

Sports locker roomsg

-

-

-

0.5

Music/theater/dance

10

0.06

35

-

Smoking loungesb

60

-

70

-

Daycare (through age 4)

10

0.18

25

-

Classrooms (ages 5-8)

10

0.12

25

-

Classrooms (age 9 plus)

10

0.12

35

-

Lecture classroom

7.5

0.06

65

-

Lecture hall (fixed seats)

7.5

0.06

150

-

Art classroomg

10

0.18

20

0.7

Science laboratoriesg

10

0.18

25

1.0

Wood/metal shop

10

0.18

20

0.5

Computer lab

10

0.12

25

-

Locker/dressing roomsg

-

-

-

0.25

Food and beverage service

Bars, cocktail lounges

7.5

0.18

100

-

Cafeteria, fast food

7.5

0.18

100

-

Dining rooms

7.5

0.18

70

-

Kitchens (cooking)b

-

-

-

0.7

Hospitals, nursing and convalescent homes

Autopsy roomsb

-

-

-

0.5

Medical procedure rooms

15

-

20

-

Operating rooms

30

-

20

-

Patient rooms

25

-

10

-

Physical recovery

15

-

20

-

Recovery and ICU

15

-

20

-

Hotels, motels, resorts and dormitories

Multi-purpose assembly

5

0.06

120

-

Bathroom/Toilet-privateg

-

-

-

25/50f

Bedroom/living room

5

0.06

10

-

Conference/meeting

5

0.06

50

-

Dormitory sleeping areas

5

0.06

20

-

Gambling casinos

7.5

0.18

120

-

Lobbies/pre-function

7.5

0.06

30

-

Offices

Conference rooms

5

0.06

50

-

Office spaces

5

0.06

5

-

Reception areas

5

0.06

30

-

Telephone/data entry

5

0.06

60

-

Main entry lobbies

5

0.06

10

-

Private dwellings, single and multiple

Garages, common for multiple unitsb

-

-

-

0.75

Garages, separate for each dwellingb

-

-

-

100 cfm/car

Kitchensb

-

-

-

25/100f

Living areasc

0.35 ACH but not less than 15 cfm/person

-

Based upon number of bedrooms, first bedroom 2; each additional bedroom: 1

-

Toilet rooms and bathroomsg

-

-

-

20/50f

Public spaces

Corridors

-

0.06

-

-

Elevator car

-

-

-

1.0

Shower room (per shower head)g

-

-

-

50/20f

Smoking loungesb

60

-

70

-

Toilet rooms-publicg

-

-

-

50/70e

Places of religious worship

5

0.06

120

-

Courtrooms

5

0.06

70

-

Legislative chambers

5

0.06

50

-

Libraries

5

0.12

10

-

Museums (children's)

7.5

0.12

40

-

Museums/galleries

7.5

0.12

40

-

Retail stores, sales floors and showroom floors

Sales (except as below)

7.5

0.12

15

-

Dressing rooms

-

-

-

0.25

Mall common areas

7.5

0.06

40

-

Shipping and receiving

-

0.12

-

-

Smoking loungesb

60

-

70

-

Storage rooms

-

0.12

-

-

Warehouses (See Storage)

-

-

-

-

Specialty shops

Automotive motor-fuel dispensing stationsb

-

-

-

1.5

Barber

7.5

0.06

25

0.5

Beauty and nail salonsb,h

20

0.12

25

0.6

Embalming roomb

-

-

-

2.0

Pet shops (animal areas)b

7.5

0.18

10

0.9

Supermarkets

7.5

0.06

8

-

Sports and amusement

Disco/dance floors

20

0.06

100

-

Bowling alleys (seating areas)

10

0.12

40

-

Game arcades

7.5

0.18

20

-

Ice arenas without combustion engines

-

0.30

-

0.5

Gym, stadium, arena (play area)

-

0.30

-

-

Spectator areas

7.5

0.06

150

-

Swimming pools (pool and deck area)

-

0.48

-

-

Health club/aerobics room

20

0.06

40

-

Health club/weight room

20

0.06

10

-

Storage

Repair garages, enclosed parking garagesb,d

-

-

-

0.75

Warehouses

-

0.06

-

-

Theaters

Auditoriums (See Education)

-

-

-

-

Lobbies

5

0.06

150

-

Stages, studios

10

0.06

70

-

Ticket booths

5

0.06

60

-

Transportation

Platforms

7.5

0.06

100

-

Transportation waiting

7.5

0.06

100

-

Workrooms

Bank vaults/safe deposit

5

0.06

5

-

Darkrooms

-

-

-

1.0

Copy, printing rooms

5

0.06

4

0.5

Meat processingc

15

-

10

-

Pharmacy (prep. area)

5

0.18

10

-

Photo studios

5

0.12

10

-

Computer (without printing)

5

0.06

4

-

For SI: 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.0004719 m3/s, 1 ton = 908 kg, 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot = 0.00508 m3/(s m2), C = ((F)-32)/1.8, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.

aBased upon net occupiable floor area.

bMechanical exhaust required and the recirculation of air from such spaces is prohibited (see Section 403.2.1, Item 3).

cSpaces unheated or maintained below 500°F are not covered by these requirements unless the occupancy is continuous.

dVentilation systems in enclosed parking garages shall comply with Section 404.

eRates are per water closet or urinal. The higher rate shall be provided where periods of heavy use are expected to occur, such as, toilets in theaters, schools, and sports facilities. The lower rate shall be permitted where periods of heavy use are not expected.

fRates are per room unless otherwise indicated. The higher rate shall be provided where the exhaust system is designed to operate intermittently. The lower rate shall be permitted where the exhaust system is designed to operate continuously during normal hours of use.

gMechanical exhaust is required and recirculation is prohibited except that recirculation shall be permitted where the resulting supply airstream consists of not more than 10 percent air recirculated from these spaces (see Section 403.2.1, Items 2 and 4).

hFor nail salons, the required exhaust shall include ventilation tables or other systems that capture the contaminants and odors at their source and are capable of exhausting a minimum of 50 cfm per station.

403.3.1 Zone outdoor airflow. The minimum outdoor airflow required to be supplied to each zone shall be determined as a function of occupancy classification and space air distribution effectiveness in accordance with Sections 403.3.1.1 through 403.3.1.3.

403.3.1.1 Breathing zone outdoor airflow. The outdoor airflow rate required in the breathing zone (Vbz) of the occupiable space or spaces in a zone shall be determined in accordance with Equation 4-1.

Vbz = RpPz + RaAz (Equation 4-1)

where:

Az = zone floor area: the net occupiable floor area of the space or spaces in the zone.

Pz = zone population: the number of people in the space or spaces in the zone.

Rp = people outdoor air rate: the outdoor airflow rate required per person from Table 403.3.

Ra = area outdoor air rate: the outdoor airflow rate required per unit area from Table 403.3.

403.3.1.2 Zone air distribution effectiveness. The zone air distribution effectiveness (Ez) shall be determined using Table 403.3.1.2.

Table 403.3.1.2
Zone Air Distribution Effectivenessa,b,c,d,e

Air Distribution Configuration

Ez

Ceiling or floor supply of cool air

1.0f

Ceiling or floor supply of warm air and floor return

1.0

Ceiling supply of warm air and ceiling return

0.8g

Floor supply of warm air and ceiling return

0.7

Makeup air drawn in on the opposite side of the room from the exhaust or return, or both

0.8

Makeup air drawn in near to the exhaust or return location, or both

0.5

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 foot per minute = 0.00506 m/s, °C = ((°F) – 32)/1.8.

a"Cool air" is air cooler than space temperature.

b"Warm air" is air warmer than space temperature.

c"Ceiling" includes any point above the breathing zone.

d"Floor" includes any point below the breathing zone.

e"Makeup air" is air supplied or transferred to a zone to replace air removed from the zone by exhaust or return systems.

fZone air distribution effectiveness of 1.2 shall be permitted for systems with a floor supply of cool air and ceiling return, provided that low-velocity displacement achieves unidirectional flow and thermal stratification.

gZone air distribution effectiveness of 1.0 shall be permitted for systems with a ceiling supply of warm air, provided that supply air temperature is less than 150 F above space temperature and provided that the 150 foot-per-minute supply air jet reaches to within 4.5 feet of floor level.

403.3.1.3 Zone outdoor airflow. The zone outdoor airflow rate (Voz), shall be determined in accordance with Equation 4-2.

Voz = Vbz/Ez (Equation 4.2)

403.3.2 System outdoor airflow. The outdoor air required to be supplied by each ventilation system shall be determined in accordance with Sections 403.3.2.1 through 403.2.3 as a function of system type and zone outdoor airflow rates.

403.3.2.1 Single zone systems. Where one air handler supplies a mixture of outdoor air and recirculated return air to only one zone, the system outdoor air intake flow rate (Vot) shall be determined in accordance with Equation 4-3.

Vot = Voz (Equation 4-3)

403.3.2.2 100-percent outdoor air systems. Where one air handler supplies only outdoor air to one or more zones, the system outdoor air intake flow rate (Vot) shall be determined using Equation 4-4.

Vot = Σall zonesVoz (Equation 4-4)

403.3.2.3 Multiple zone recirculating systems. Where one air handler supplies a mixture of outdoor air and recirculated return air to more than one zone, the system outdoor air intake flow rate (Vot) shall be determined in accordance with Sections 403.3.2.3.1 through 403.3.2.3.4.

403.3.2.3.1 Primary Outdoor Air Fraction. The primary outdoor air fraction (Zp) shall be determined for each zone in accordance with Equation 4-5.

Zp = Voz/Vpz (Equation 4-5)

where:

Vpz = Primary airflow: The airflow rate supplied to the zone from the air-handling unit at which the outdoor air intake is located. It includes outdoor intake air and recirculated air from that air-handling unit but does not include air transferred or air recirculated to the zone by other means. For design purposes, Vpz shall be the zone design primary airflow rate, except for zones with variable air volume supply and Vpz shall be the lowest expected primary airflow rate to the zone when it is fully occupied.

403.3.2.3.2 System ventilation efficiency. The system ventilation efficiency (Ev) shall be determined using Table 403.3.2.3.2 or Appendix A of ASHRAE 62.1.

Table 403.3.2.3.2
System Ventilation Efficiency

Max(Zp)

Ev

0.15

1.0

0.25

0.9

0.35

0.8

0.45

0.7

0.55

0.6

0.65

0.5

0.75

0.4

<0.75

0.3

aMax(Zp) is the largest value of Zp calculated using Equation 4-5 among all the zones served by the system.

bInterpolating between table values shall be permitted.

403.3.2.3.3 Uncorrected outdoor air intake. The uncorrected outdoor air intake flow rate (Vou) shall be determined in accordance with Equation 4-7.

Vou = D Σall zones RpPz + Σall zones RaAz (Equation 4-7)

where:

D = Occupant diversity: the ratio of the system population to the sum of the zone populations, determined in accordance with Equation 4-8.

D = Psall zones Pz (Equation 4-8)

where:

Ps = System population: The total number of occupants in the area served by the system. For design purposes, Ps shall be the maximum number of occupants expected to be concurrently in all zones served by the system.

403.3.2.3.4 Outdoor air intake flow rate. The outdoor air intake flow rate (Vot) shall be determined in accordance with Equation 4-9.

Vot =Vou/Ev (Equation 4-9)

403.4 Exhaust Ventilation. Exhaust airflow rate shall be provided in accordance with the requirements in Table 403.3. Exhaust makeup air shall be permitted to be any combination of outdoor air, recirculated air and transfer air, except as limited in accordance with Section 403.2.

403.5 System operation. The minimum flow rate of outdoor air that the ventilation system must be capable of supplying during its operation shall be permitted to be based on the rate per person indicated in Table 403.3 and the actual number of occupants present.

403.6 Variable air volume system control. Variable air volume air distribution systems, other than those designed to supply only 100-percent outdoor air, shall be provided with controls to regulate the flow of outdoor air. Such control system shall be designed to maintain the flow rate of outdoor air at a rate of not less than that required by Section 403.3 over the entire range of supply air operating rates.

403.7 Balancing. The ventilation air distribution system shall be provided with means to adjust the system to achieve at least the minimum ventilation airflow rate as required by Sections 403.3 and 403.4. Ventilation systems shall be balanced by an approved method. Such balancing shall verify that the ventilation system is capable of supplying and exhausting the airflow rates required by Sections 403.3 and 403.4.

3. Change Section 404.2 of the International Mechanical Code to read:

404.2 Minimum ventilation. Automatic operation of the system shall not reduce the ventilation airflow rate below 0.05 cfm per square foot (0.00025 m3/s·m2) of the floor area and the system shall be capable of producing a ventilation rate of 0.75 cfm per square foot (0.0035 m3/s·m2) of floor area.

4. Change Section 504.6.1 of the International Mechanical Code to read:

504.6.1 Maximum length. The maximum length of a clothes dryer exhaust duct shall not exceed 35 feet (10668 mm) from the dryer location to the outlet terminal. The maximum length of the duct shall be reduced 2-1/2 feet (762 mm) for each 45 degree (0.79 rad) bend and five feet (1524 mm) for each 90 degree (1.6 rad) bend. The maximum length of the exhaust duct does not include the transition duct.

Exception: Where the make and model of the clothes dryer to be installed is known and the manufacturer's installation instructions for such dryer are provided to the code official, the maximum length of the exhaust duct, including any transition duct, shall be permitted to be in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions.

5. Change Section 507.2.2 of the International Mechanical Code to read:

507.2.2. Type II hoods. Type II hoods shall be installed where cooking or dishwashing appliances produce heat, steam, or products of combustion and do not produce grease or smoke, such as steamers, kettles, pasta cookers and dishwashing machines.

Exceptions:

1. Under-counter-type commercial dishwashing machines.

2. A Type II hood is not required for dishwashers and potwashers that are provided with heat and water vapor exhaust systems that are supplied by the appliance manufacturer and are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3. A single light-duty electric convection, bread, retherm, steamer or microwave oven designed for countertop installation. The additional heat and moisture loads generated by such appliances shall be accounted for in the design of the HVAC system.

4. A Type II hood is not required for the following electrically heated appliances: toasters, steam tables, popcorn poppers, hot dog cookers, coffee makers, rice cookers, egg cookers, holding/warming ovens. The additional heat and moisture loads generated by such appliances shall be accounted for in the design of the HVAC system.

6. Change Section 701.1 of the International Mechanical Code to read as follows and delete the remainder of Chapter 7:

701.1 Scope. Solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be provided with combustion air in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions. Oil-fired appliances shall be provided with combustion air in accordance with NFPA 31. The methods of providing combustion air in this chapter do not apply to fireplaces, fireplace stoves and direct-vent appliances. The requirements for combustion and dilution air for gas-fired appliances shall be in accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code.

7. 1.Change Section 403.3 of the IMC to read:

403.3 Outdoor airflow rate. Ventilation systems shall be designed to have the capacity to supply the minimum outdoor airflow rate determined in accordance with this section. The occupant load utilized for design of the ventilation system shall not be less than the number determined from the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3. Ventilation rates for occupancies not represented in Table 403.3 shall be those for a listed occupancy classification that is most similar in terms of occupant density, activities and building construction; or shall be determined by an approved engineering analysis. The ventilation system shall be designed to supply the required rate of ventilation air continuously during the period the building is occupied, except as otherwise stated in other provisions of the code.

With the exception of smoking lounges and other designated areas where smoking is permitted, the ventilation rates in Table 403.3 are based on the absence of smoking in occupiable spaces.

Exception: The occupant load is not required to be determined based on the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3 where approved statistical data document the accuracy of an alternate anticipated occupant density.

2. Add the following areas to Table 403.3 of the IMC in the occupancy classifications shown:

OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

People Outdoor Airflow Rate in Breathing Zone

Cfm/person

Area Outdoor Airflow Rate in Breathing Zone

Ra cfm/ft2a

Default Occupant Density

#/1000 ft2a

Exhaust Airflow Rate

Cfm/ft2a

Food and beverage service

 

 

 

 

Bars or cocktail lounges designated as an area when smoking is permittedb

30

-

100

-

Cafeteria or fast food designated as an area when smoking is permittedb

20

-

100

-

Dining rooms designated as an area when smoking is permittedb

20

-

70

-

Public spaces

 

 

 

 

Lounges designated as an area where smoking is permittedb

30

-

100

-

3. ] Add Section 801.1.1 to the [ International Mechanical Code IMC ] to read:

801.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:

1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this code.

2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition.

Where not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.

4. Change Section 1101.10 of the IMC to read:

1101.10 Locking access port caps. Refrigerant circuit access ports located outdoors shall be fitted with locking-type tamper-resistant caps or shall be otherwise secured to prevent unauthorized access. ]

F. E. Add Section 2804.1 2801.1.4 to the IBC to read:

2804.1 2801.1.4 Changes to the International Fuel Gas Code. The following changes shall be made to the International Fuel Gas Code:

1. Change Section 301.1 of the International Fuel Gas Code to read:

301.1 Scope. This code shall apply to the installation of fuel gas piping systems, fuel gas utilization equipment, and related accessories as follows:

1. Coverage of piping systems shall extend from the point of delivery to the connections with gas utilization equipment. (See "point of delivery.")

2. Systems with an operating pressure of 125 psig (862 kPa gauge) or less.

Piping systems for gas-air mixtures within the flammable range with an operating pressure of 10 psig (69 kPa gauge) or less.

LP-Gas piping systems with an operating pressure of 20 psig (140 kPa gauge) or less.

3. Piping systems requirements shall include design, materials, components, fabrication, assembly, installation, testing and inspection.

4. Requirements for gas utilization equipment and related accessories shall include installation, combustion and ventilation air and venting.

This code shall not apply to the following:

1. Portable LP-Gas equipment of all types that are not connected to a fixed fuel piping system.

2. Installation of farm equipment such as brooders, dehydrators, dryers, and irrigation equipment.

3. Raw material (feedstock) applications except for piping to special atmosphere generators.

4. Oxygen-fuel gas cutting and welding systems.

5. Industrial gas applications using gases such as acetylene and acetylenic compounds, hydrogen, ammonia, carbon monoxide, oxygen, and nitrogen.

6. Petroleum refineries, pipeline compressor or pumping stations, loading terminals, compounding plants, refinery tank farms, and natural gas processing plants.

7. Integrated chemical plants or portions of such plants where flammable or combustible liquids or gases are produced by chemical reactions or used in chemical reactions.

8. LP-Gas installations at utility gas plants.

9. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) installations.

10. Fuel gas piping in power and atomic energy plants.

11. Proprietary items of equipment, apparatus, or instruments such as gas generating sets, compressors, and calorimeters.

12. LP-Gas equipment for vaporization, gas mixing, and gas manufacturing.

13. Temporary LP-Gas piping for buildings under construction or renovation that is not to become part of the permanent piping system.

14. Installation of LP-Gas systems for railroad switch heating.

15. Installation of LP-Gas and compressed natural gas (CNG) systems on vehicles.

16. Except as provided in Section 401.1.1, gas piping, meters, gas pressure regulators, and other appurtenances used by the serving gas supplier in the distribution of gas, other than undiluted LP-Gas.

17. Building design and construction, except as specified herein.

2. Change Section 310.1 of the International Fuel Gas Code to read:

310.1 Gas pipe bonding. Each aboveground portion of a gas piping system that is likely to become energized shall be electrically continuous and bonded to an effective ground-fault current path. Gas piping shall be considered to be bonded where it is connected to appliances that are connected to the equipment grounding conductor of the circuit supplying that appliance.

CSST gas piping systems shall be bonded to the electrical service grounding electrode system at the point where the gas service piping enters the building. The bonding conductor size shall be not less than #6 AWG copper wire or equivalent.

3. 2. Add Section 404.8.3 404.9.3 to the International Fuel Gas Code to read:

404.8.3 404.9.3 Coating application. Joints in gas piping systems shall not be coated prior to testing and approval.

4. Add Section 404.17 to the International Fuel Gas Code to read:

404.17 Isolation. Metallic piping and metallic tubing that conveys fuel gas from an LP-gas storage container shall be provided with an approved dielectric fitting to electrically isolate the underground portion of the pipe or tube from the aboveground portion that enters a building. Such dielectric fitting shall be installed above ground, outdoors.

5. 3. Add Section 501.1.1 to the International Fuel Gas Code to read:

501.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:

1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this code.

2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition.

Where not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.

13VAC5-63-320

13VAC5-63-320. Chapter 29 Plumbing systems.

A. Change Section 2901.1 of the IBC to read:

2901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the International Plumbing Code [ (IPC) ] shall govern the design and installation of all plumbing systems and equipment, except that as provided for in Section 103.11 for functional design, water supply sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by the Virginia Department of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. The approval of pumping and electrical equipment associated with such water supply sources and sewage disposal systems shall, however, be the responsibility of the building official.

Note: See also the Memorandum of Agreement in the "Related Laws Package," which is available from DHCD.

B. Add Section 2901.1.1 to the IBC to read:

2901.1.1 [ Use of Appendix C of the IPC for gray water and rain water recycling systems. In addition to other applicable provisions of the IPC, gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling systems shall comply with the provisions in Appendix C of the IPC. In the use of Appendix C of the IPC for rain water recycling systems, the term "rain water" shall be substituted for the term "gray water." Gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling systems shall be separate systems and shall not be interconnected.

C. Add Section 2901.1.2 to the IBC to read:

2901.1.2 ] Changes to the [ International Plumbing Code IPC ]. The following changes shall be made to the [ International Plumbing Code IPC ]:

1. Change Section 310.4 to read:

310.4 Water closet compartment. Each water closet utilized by the public or employees shall occupy a separate compartment with walls or partitions and a door enclosing the fixtures to ensure privacy.

Exceptions:

1. Water closet compartments shall not be required in a single-occupant toilet room with a lockable door.

2. Toilet rooms located in day care and child-care facilities and containing two or more water closets shall be permitted to have one water closet without an enclosing compartment.

3. Water closet compartments or partitions shall not be required in toilet facilities for inmates in I-3 occupancies.

2. 1.Change Section 301.3 of the IPC to read:

301.3 Connections to drainage system. All plumbing fixtures, drains, appurtenances and appliances used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall be directly connected to the sanitary drainage system of the building or premises, in accordance with the requirements of this code. This section shall not be construed to prevent indirect waste systems required by Chapter 8.

Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers and laundry trays shall not be required to discharge to the sanitary drainage system where such fixtures discharge to an approved gray water system or rain water system for flushing of water closets and urinals or for subsurface landscape irrigation.

2. ] Delete Sections 311 and 311.1 [ of the IPC ].

3. Change Category 5 of Table 403.1 to read:

No.

Classification

Occupancy

Description

Water Closets (Urinals see Section 419.2)

Lavatories

Bathtubs/ Showers

Drinking Fountain (see Section 410.1)

Other

Male

Female

Male

Female

5

Institutional

I-3

Prisonsb

1 per cell

1 per cell

1 per 15

1 per 100

 

I-3

Reformitories, detention centers, and correctional centersb

1 per 15

1 per 15

1 per 15

1 per 100

 

I-3

Employees

1 per 25

1 per 35

-

1 per 100

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2. 3. Change Section 602.1 of the IPC to read:

602.1 General. Every structure equipped with plumbing fixtures and utilized for human occupancy or habitation shall be provided with a potable supply of water in the amounts and at the pressures specified in this chapter. This shall not prohibit the use of reclaimed water distribution systems installed in accordance with this code and the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740).

4. Change Section 604.1 of the IPC to read:

604.1 General. The design of the water distribution system, including any reclaimed water distribution systems governed by the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740), shall conform to accepted engineering practice. Methods utilized to determine pipe sizes shall be approved.

5. Add an exception to Section 608.8 of the IPC to read:

Exception: Reclaimed water supply systems shall be identified in accordance with the provisions of the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740).

6. Change Section 608.8.2 of the IPC to read:

608.8.2 Color. The color of the pipe identification shall be discernable and consistent throughout the building. The color purple shall be used to identify rain and gray water distribution systems.

7. ] Delete Section 701.9 [ of the IPC ].

5.3. 8. ] Add Section 703.6 [ of the IPC ] to read:

703.6 Nonmetallic building sewer location Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary sewer piping installed and located within six feet (1829 mm) of finished grade that discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper tracer wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an equivalent product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same trench as the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be installed to within five feet (1524 mm) of the building wall to the point where the building sewer intersects with the public system. The ends At a minimum, one end of the wire shall terminate above grade in an accessible location that is not subject resistant to physical damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall. Only one accessible location is required to be provided for the wire terminations on either end of each sewer installation.

13VAC5-63-330

13VAC5-63-330. Chapter 30 Elevators and conveying [ equipment systems ].

A. Change Section 3002.4 of the IBC to read:

3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above grade plane, or four or more stories below [ , ] grade plane, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate a 24-inch an ambulance stretcher 24 inches by 84-inch 84 inches (610 mm by 2134 mm) ambulance stretcher with not less than five-inch (127 mm) radius corners, in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol shall not be less than three inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoistway door frame on the designated and alternate landing floors required to be established by ASME A17.1.

Exception: Elevators in multistory dwelling units or guest rooms.

B.Add Section 3003.2.1 to the IBC to read:

3003.2.1 Standardized fire service elevator keys. Where a key is required to operate the emergency function of an elevator, the key shall be a standardized fire service key in accordance with the Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code (13VAC5-51).

C. ] Change Section 3006.4 of the IBC to read:

3006.4 Machine rooms and machinery spaces. Elevator machine rooms, rooms housing elevator controllers, and machinery spaces shall be enclosed with fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. The fire-resistance rating shall not be less than the required rating of the hoistway enclosure served by the machinery. Openings in the fire barriers shall be protected with assemblies having a fire protection rating not less than that required for the hoistway enclosure doors.

Exceptions:

1. Where machine rooms, rooms housing elevator controllers, and machinery spaces do not abut and have no openings to the hoistway enclosure they serve, the fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both, shall be permitted to be reduced to a one-hour fire-resistance rating.

2. In buildings four stories or less above grade plane when machine rooms, rooms housing elevator controllers, and machinery rooms do not abut and have no openings to the hoistway enclosure they serve, the machine room, room housing elevator controllers, and machinery spaces are not required to be fire-resistance rated.

B.C. D. ] Add Section 3006.7 to the IBC to read:

3006.7 Machine-room-less designs. Where machine-room-less designs are utilized they shall comply with the provisions of ASME A17.1 and incorporate the following:

1. Where the elevator car-top will be used as a work platform, it shall be equipped with permanently installed guards on all open sides. Guards shall be permitted to be of collapsible design, but otherwise must conform to all applicable requirements of this code for guards.

2. Where the equipment manufacturer's procedures for machinery removal and replacement depend on overhead structural support or lifting points, such supports or lifting points shall be permanently installed at the time of initial equipment installation.

3. Where the structure that the elevator will be located in is required to be fully sprinklered by this code, the hoistway that the elevator machine is located in shall be equipped with a fire suppression system as a machine room in accordance with NFPA 13. Smoke detectors for the automatic initiation of Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, and heat detectors or other approved devices that automatically disconnect the main line power supply to the elevators, shall be installed within the hoistway.

E. Change Section 3008.1 of the IBC to read:

3008.1 General. Where elevators in buildings greater than 420 feet (128 016 mm) in building height are to be used for occupant self-evacuation during fires, all passenger elevators for general public use shall comply with this section. ]

13VAC5-63-335

 [ 13VAC5-63-335. Chapter 31 Special construction. (Repealed.)

A. Change Section 3109 to read:

Section 3109. Swimming Pools, Swimming Pool Enclosures and Safety Devices

B. Change Section 3109.3 to read:

3109.3 Public swimming pools. Public swimming pools shall be designed and constructed in conformance with ANSI/NSPI-1 or ANSI/NSPI-2, as applicable, and shall be completely enclosed by a fence at least four feet (1290 mm) in height or a screen enclosure. Openings in the fence shall not permit the passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere. The fence or screen enclosure shall be equipped with self-closing and self-latching gates. ]

13VAC5-63-350

 13VAC5-63-350. Chapter 34 Existing structures.

A. Change Section 3401.1 of the IBC to read:

3401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the applicable requirements of Chapter 1 shall control the alteration, repair, addition and change of occupancy of existing structures.

B. Delete IBC Sections 3401.2 and, 3401.3, 3401.4, and 3401.5.

C. Delete IBC Section Sections 3403, 3404, 3405, and 3406.

D. Change Section 3405.1 3407.1 of the IBC to read:

3405.1 3407.1 Standards for replacement glass. In accordance with § 36-99.2 of the Code of Virginia, any replacement glass installed in buildings constructed prior to the first edition of the USBC shall meet the quality and installation standards for glass installed in new buildings as are in effect at the time of installation. In addition, as a requirement of this code, the installation or replacement of glass in buildings constructed under any edition of the USBC shall be as required for new installations.

E. Delete IBC Section 3406 3408.

F. Delete IBC Section 3408 3410.

G. Change Section 3410.2 3412.2 of the IBC to read:

3410.2 3412.2 Applicability. When specifically requested by an owner or an owner's agent in structures where there is work involving additions, alterations or changes of occupancy, the provisions in Sections 3410.2.1 3412.2.1 through 3410.2.5 3412.2.5 shall apply to existing occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E, F, M, R, S and U. These provisions shall not apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H or I.

H. Add an exception to Section 3410.2.1 3412.2.1 of the IBC to read:

Exception: Plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems in buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall be subject to any applicable requirements of Section 103.3 of this code.

I. Change Section 3412.2.5 of the IBC to read:

3412.2.5 Accessibility requirements. All portions of the buildings proposed for change of occupancy and all alterations to existing buildings shall conform to the applicable accessibility provisions of Section 3411.

I. J. Add IBC Section 3411 3413 Retrofit Requirements.

J. K. Add Section 3411.1 3413.1 to the IBC to read:

3411.1 3413.1 Scope. In accordance with Section 103.7 and as setout herein, the following buildings are required to be provided with certain fire protection equipment or systems or other retrofitted components.

K. L. Add Section 3411.2 3413.2 to the IBC to read:

3411.2 3413.2 Smoke detectors in colleges and universities. In accordance with Section 36-99.3 of the Code of Virginia, college and university buildings containing dormitories for sleeping purposes shall be provided with battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detector devices installed therein in accordance with this code in effect on July 1, 1982. All public and private college and university dormitories shall have installed such detectors regardless of when the building was constructed. The chief administrative office of the college or university shall obtain a certificate of compliance with the provisions of this subsection from the building official of the locality in which the college or university is located or in the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia Department of General Services. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any dormitory at a state-supported military college or university which is patrolled 24 hours a day by military guards.

L. M. Add Section 3411.3 3413.3 to the IBC to read:

3411.3 3413.3 Smoke detectors in certain juvenile care facilities. In accordance with § 36-99.4 of the Code of Virginia, battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detectors shall be installed in all local and regional detention homes, group homes, and other residential care facilities for children and juveniles which are operated by or under the auspices of the Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice, regardless of when the building was constructed, by July 1, 1986, in accordance with the provisions of this code that were in effect on July 1, 1984. Administrators of such homes and facilities shall be responsible for the installation of the smoke detector devices.

M. N. Add Section 3411.4 3413.4 to the IBC to read:

3411.4 3413.4 Smoke detectors for the deaf and hearing-impaired. In accordance with Section 36-99.5 of the Code of Virginia, smoke detectors providing an effective intensity of not less than 100 candela to warn a deaf or hearing-impaired individual shall be provided, upon request by the occupant to the landlord or proprietor, to any deaf or hearing-impaired occupant of any of the following occupancies, regardless of when constructed:

1. All dormitory buildings arranged for the shelter and sleeping accommodations of more than 20 individuals;

2. All multiple-family dwellings having more than two dwelling units, including all dormitories, boarding and lodging houses arranged for shelter and sleeping accommodations of more than five individuals; or

3. All buildings arranged for use of one-family or two-family dwelling units.

A tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the smoke detector in the tenant's unit.

A hotel or motel shall have available no fewer than one such smoke detector for each 70 units or portion thereof, except that this requirement shall not apply to any hotel or motel with fewer than 35 units. The proprietor of the hotel or motel shall post in a conspicuous place at the registration desk or counter a permanent sign stating the availability of smoke detectors for the hearing impaired. Visual detectors shall be provided for all meeting rooms for which an advance request has been made.

N. O. Add Sections 3411.5, 3411.5.1 3413.5, 3413.5.1, and 3411.5.2 3413.5.2 to the IBC to read:

3411.5 3413.5 Assisted living facilities (formerly known as adult care residences or homes for adults). Existing assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall comply with this section.

3411.5.1. 3413.5.1 Fire protective signaling system and fire detection system. A fire protective signaling system and an automatic fire detection system meeting the requirements of the USBC, Volume I, 1987 Edition, Third Amendment, shall be installed in assisted living facilities by August 1, 1994.

Exception: Assisted living facilities that are equipped throughout with a fire protective signaling system and an automatic fire detection system.

3411.5.2. 3413.5.2 Single and multiple station smoke detectors. Battery or AC-powered single and multiple station smoke detectors meeting the requirements of the USBC, Volume I, 1987 Edition, Third Amendment, shall be installed in assisted living facilities by August 1, 1994.

Exception: Assisted living facilities that are equipped throughout with single and multiple station smoke detectors.

O. P. Add Section 3411.6 3413.6 to the IBC to read:

3411.6 3413.6 Smoke detectors in buildings containing dwelling units. AC-powered smoke detectors with battery backup or an equivalent device shall be required to be installed to replace a defective or inoperative battery-powered smoke detector located in buildings containing one or more dwelling units or rooming houses offering to rent overnight sleeping accommodations, when it is determined by the building official that the responsible party of such building or dwelling unit fails to maintain battery-powered smoke detectors in working condition.

P. Q. Add Section 3411.7 3413.7 to the IBC to read:

3411.7 3413.7 Fire suppression, fire alarm and fire detection systems in nursing homes and facilities. Fire suppression systems as required by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1990, shall be installed in all nursing facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Health by January 1, 1993, regardless of when such facilities or institutions were constructed. Units consisting of certified long-term care beds located on the ground floor of general hospitals shall be exempt from the requirements of this section.

Fire alarm or fire detector systems, or both, as required by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1990, shall be installed in all nursing homes and nursing facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Health by August 1, 1994.

Q. R. Add Section 3411.8 3413.8 to the IBC to read:

3411.8 3413.8 Fire suppression systems in hospitals. Fire suppression systems shall be installed in all hospitals licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as required by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1995, regardless of when such facilities were constructed.

R. S. Add Section 3411.9 3413.9 to the IBC to read:

3411.9 3413.9 Identification of handicapped parking spaces by above grade signs. All parking spaces reserved for the use of handicapped persons shall be identified by above grade signs, regardless of whether identification of such spaces by above grade signs was required when any particular space was reserved for the use of handicapped persons. A sign or symbol painted or otherwise displayed on the pavement of a parking space shall not constitute an above grade sign. Any parking space not identified by an above grade sign shall not be a parking space reserved for the handicapped within the meaning of this section. All above grade handicapped parking space signs shall have the bottom edge of the sign no lower than four feet (1219 mm) nor higher than seven feet (2133 mm) above the parking surface. Such signs shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 11 of this code. All disabled parking signs shall include the following language: PENALTY, $100-500 Fine, TOW-AWAY ZONE. Such language may be placed on a separate sign and attached below existing above grade disabled parking signs, provided that the bottom edge of the attached sign is no lower than four feet above the parking surface.

S. T. Add Section 3411.10 3413.10 to the IBC to read:

3411.10 3413.10 Smoke detectors in hotels and motels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in hotels and motels as required by the edition of VR 394-01-22, USBC, Volume II, in effect on March 1, 1990, by the dates indicated, regardless of when constructed.

T. U. Add Section 3411.11 3413.11 to the IBC to read:

3411.11 3413.11 Sprinkler systems in hotel and motels. By September 1, 1997, an automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in hotels and motels as required by the edition of VR 394-01-22, USBC, Volume II, in effect on March 1, 1990, regardless of when constructed.

U. V. Add Section 3411.12 3413.12 to the IBC to read:

3411.12 3413.12 Fire suppression systems in dormitories. An automatic fire suppression system shall be provided throughout all buildings having a Group R-2 fire area which are more than 75 feet (22,860 mm) or six stories above the lowest level of exit discharge and which are used, in whole or in part, as a dormitory to house students by any public or private institution of higher education, regardless of when such buildings were constructed, in accordance with the edition of this code in effect on August 20, 1997, and the requirements for sprinkler systems under the edition of the NFPA 13 standard referenced by that code. The automatic fire suppression system shall be installed by September 1, 1999. The chief administrative office of the college or university shall obtain a certificate of compliance from the building official of the locality in which the college or university is located or in the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia Department of General Services.

Exceptions:

1. Buildings equipped with an automatic fire suppression system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or the 1983 or later editions of NFPA 13.

2. Any dormitory at a state-supported military college or university which is patrolled 24 hours a day by military guards.

3. Application of the requirements of this section shall be modified in accordance with the following:

3.1. Building systems, equipment or components other than the fire suppression system shall not be required to be added or upgraded except as necessary for the installation of the fire suppression system and shall only be required to be added or upgraded where the installation of the fire suppression system creates an unsafe condition.

3.2. Residential sprinklers shall be used in all sleeping rooms. Other sprinklers shall be quick response or residential unless deemed unsuitable for a space. Standard response sprinklers shall be used in elevator hoist ways and machine rooms.

3.3. Sprinklers shall not be required in wardrobes in sleeping rooms that are considered part of the building construction or in closets in sleeping rooms, when such wardrobes or closets (i) do not exceed 24 square feet (2.23 m2) in area, (ii) have the smallest dimension less than 36 inches (914 mm), and (iii) comply with all of the following:

3.3.1. A single station smoke detector monitored by the building fire alarm system is installed in the room containing the wardrobe or closet that will activate the general alarm for the building if the single station smoke detector is not cleared within five minutes after activation.

3.3.2. The minimum number of sprinklers required for calculating the hydraulic demand of the system for the room shall be increased by two and the two additional sprinklers shall be corridor sprinklers where the wardrobe or closet is used to divide the room. Rooms divided by a wardrobe or closet shall be considered one room for the purpose of this requirement.

3.3.3. The ceiling of the wardrobe, closet or room shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than 1/2 hour.

3.4. Not more than one sprinkler shall be required in bathrooms within sleeping rooms or suites having a floor area between 55 square feet (5.12 m2) and 120 square feet (11.16 m2) provided the sprinkler is located to protect the lavatory area and the plumbing fixtures are of a noncombustible material.

3.5. Existing standpipe residual pressure shall be permitted to be reduced when the standpipe serves as the water supply for the fire suppression system provided the water supply requirements of NFPA 13-94 are met.

3.6. Limited service controllers shall be permitted for fire pumps when used in accordance with their listing.

3.7. Where a standby power system is required, a source of power in accordance with Section 701-11 (d) or 701-11 (e) of NFPA 70—96 shall be permitted.

V. W. Add Section 3411.13 3413.13 to the IBC to read:

3411.13 3413.13 Fire extinguishers and smoke detectors in SRCF's. SRCF's shall be provided with at least one approved type ABC portable fire extinguisher with a minimum rating of 2A10BC installed in each kitchen. In addition, SRCF's shall provide at least one approved and properly installed battery operated smoke detector outside of each sleeping area in the vicinity of bedrooms and bedroom hallways and on each additional floor.

W. X. Add Section 3411.14 3413.14 to the IBC to read:

3411.14 3413.14 Smoke detectors in adult day care centers. Battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detector devices shall be installed in all adult day care centers licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services, regardless of when the building was constructed. The location and installation of the smoke detectors shall be determined by the provisions of this code in effect on October 1, 1990. The licensee shall obtain a certificate of compliance from the building official of the locality in which the center is located, or in the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia Department of General Services.

X. Y. Add Section 3411.15 3413.15 to the IBC to read:

3411.15 3413.15 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that is an assembly [ , ] occupancy, and where the occupant load of that room or space is 50 or more, shall have the occupant load of the room or space as determined by the building official posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent.

Z. Add Section 3413.16 to the IBC to read:

3413.16 ALFSTs. Existing ALFSTs, regardless of when constructed, shall by October 1, 2011, meet the applicable requirements of API 653 and TFI RMIP for suitability for service and inspections and shall provide a secondary containment system complying with Section 425.3. ]

13VAC5-63-360

13VAC5-63-360. Chapter 35 Referenced standards.

Change the referenced standards in Chapter 35 of the IBC as follows (standards not shown remain the same):

Standard reference number

Title

Referenced in code section number

[ ANSI/NSPI-1 2003

American National Standard for Public Swimming Pools

3109.3

ANSI/NSPI-2 1999

American National Standard for Public Spas

3109.3 ]

ASTM E329-02

Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction

1703.1, 1703.1.3

NFPA 13-07

Installation of Sprinkler Systems

707.2, 903.3.1.1, 903.3.2, 903.3.5.1.1, 903.3.5.2, 904.11, 905.3.4, 907.8, 3104.5, 3104.9

NFPA 13D-07

Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes

903.3.1.3, 903.3.5.1.1

NFPA 13R-07

Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies Up to and Including Four Stories in Height

903.3.1.2, 903.3.5.1.1, 903.3.5.1.2, 903.4

NFPA 14-07

Installation of Standpipe and Hose System

905.2, 905.3.4, 905.4.2, 905.8

NFPA 70-05

National Electrical Code

2701.1

NFPA 72-07

National Fuel Alarm Code

901.6, 903.4.1, 904.3.5, 907.2, 907.2.1.1, 907.2.10, 907.2.10.4, 907.2.11.2, 907.2.11.3, 907.2.12.2.3, 907.2.12.3, 907.4, 907.5, 907.9.2, 907.10, 907.14, 907.16, 907.17, 911.1, 3006.5

NFPA 704-07

Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response

414.7.2, 415.2

API 650-09

Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage

425.2

API 653-09

Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration and Reconstruction

425.4, 425.5, 3413.16

ASME A17.1/CSA B44-2007

Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators with 2008 and 2009 Addenda

907.3.3, 911.1.5, 1007.4, 1607.8.1, 1613.6.5, 3001.2, 3001.4, 3002.5, 3003.2, 3007.1, 3008.3, 3008.12, 3008.14.1, 3411.8.2

NFPA 704-07

Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response

425.2

TFI RMIP-09

Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid Fertilizer, Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices

425.2, 425.4, 425.5, 3413.16

UL 2034-08

Standard for Single- and Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarms

908.7.1

13VAC5-63-365

 [ 13VAC5-63-365. Appendix E Supplementary accessibility requirements.

Appendix E of the IBC shall be part of this code. ]

13VAC5-63-400

Part II
Rehabilitation

13VAC5-63-400. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General.

A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, Part II, Rehabilitation, may be cited as the Virginia Rehabilitation Code.

B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 15 of the 2006 2009 International Existing Building Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated by reference to be an enforceable part of the Virginia Rehabilitation Code. The term "IEBC" means the 2006 2009 International Existing Building Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc. Any codes and standards referenced in the IEBC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes and standards are used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference.

C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is used in the Virginia Rehabilitation Code to correlate the numbering system of the Virginia Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IEBC. IEBC numbering system designations are provided in the catch-lines of the Virginia Administrative Code sections and cross references between sections or chapters of the Virginia Rehabilitation Code use only the IEBC numbering system designations. The term "chapter" is used in the context of the numbering system of the IEBC and may mean a chapter in the Virginia Rehabilitation Code, a chapter in the IEBC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on the context of the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly indicated.

D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The Virginia Rehabilitation Code is comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1, Administration, which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC, which are incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IEBC that are specifically identified. The terminology "changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IEBC that are specifically identified" shall also be referred to as the "state amendments to the IEBC." Such state amendments to the IEBC are set out using corresponding chapter and section numbers of the IEBC numbering system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IEBC is not incorporated as part of the Virginia Rehabilitation Code, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1 of the IEBC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC is generally invalid. However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly correspond to a provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference may be construed to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1 provision.

E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term "this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC or in the state amendments to the IEBC means the Virginia Rehabilitation Code, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "this code," or "the code," where used in a code or standard referenced in the IEBC means that code or standard, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "USBC" where used in this code means Part I of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Construction Code," unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, where the phrase "of the International Building Code under which the building was constructed" is used in the IEBC, it shall be construed to mean the USBC or other code that was in effect when the building was built. Further, the use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information only and shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code provision. Notes in the IEBC, in the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC and in the state amendments to the IEBC may modify the content of a related provision and shall be considered to be a valid part of the provision, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC and any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC. In addition, the state amendments to the IEBC supersede any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC and any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC. Further, the provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC supersede any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC.

G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not limited to provisions relating to the scope and enforcement of the code. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC or any provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC that address the same subject matter to a lesser or greater extent are deleted and replaced by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative requirements contained in the state amendments to the IEBC shall be given the same precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above, where administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 15 of the IEBC or of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC are specifically identified as valid administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state amendments to the IEBC, then such requirements are not deleted and replaced.

Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap, conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative, procedural and enforcement requirements of this code.

H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid.

13VAC5-63-434

13VAC5-63-434. Chapter 7 Alterations -- Level 2.

A. Change Section 704.2.1 of the IEBC to read:

704.2.1 High-rise buildings. In high-rise buildings, work areas that include either exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or exits or corridors that serve an occupant load greater than 30 shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protection in the entire work area where the work area is located on a floor that has a sufficient sprinkler water supply system from an existing standpipe or a sprinkler riser serving that floor.

B. Change Section 704.2.2 of the IEBC to read:

704.2.2 Groups A, E, F-1, H, I, M, R-1, R-2, R-4, S-1 and S-2. In buildings with occupancies in Groups A, E, F-1, H, I, M, R-1, R-2, R-4, S-1 and S-2, work areas that include either exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or exits or corridors that serve an occupant load greater than 30 shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protection where all of the following conditions occur:

1. The work area is required to be provided with automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with the International Building Code as applicable to new construction;

2. The work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area; and

3. The building has sufficient municipal water supply for design of a fire sprinkler system available to the floor without installation of a new fire pump.

Exception: Work areas in Group R occupancies three stories or less in height.

C. Change Section 704.2.3 of the IEBC to read:

704.2.3 Windowless stories. Work located in a windowless story, as determined in accordance with the International Building Code, shall be sprinklered where the work area is required to be sprinklered under the provisions of the International Building Code for newly constructed buildings and the building has a sufficient municipal water supply available without installation of a new fire pump.

D. Change Section 704.2.4 of the IEBC to read:

704.2.4 Other required suppression systems. In buildings and areas listed in Table 903.2.13 of the International Building Code, work areas that include either exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or exit or corridors serving an occupant load greater than 30 shall be provided with sprinkler protection under the following conditions:

1. The work area is required to be provided with automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with the International Building Code applicable to new construction; and

2. The building has sufficient municipal water supply for design of a fire sprinkler system available to the floor without installation of a new fire pump.

E. Change Section 704.2.5 of the IEBC to read:

704.2.5 Supervision. Fire sprinkler systems required by this section shall be supervised by one of the following methods:

1. Approved central station system in accordance with NFPA 72;

2. Approved proprietary system in accordance with NFPA 72;

3. Approved remote station system of the jurisdiction in accordance with NFPA 72 ; or

4. When approved by the code official, approved local alarm service that will cause the sounding of an alarm in accordance with NFPA 72.

Exception: Supervision is not required for the following:

1. Underground gate valve with roadway boxes.

2. Halogenated extinguishing systems.

3. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems.

4. Dry and wet chemical extinguishing systems.

5. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used to supply both domestic and automatic sprinkler systems and a separate shutoff valve for the automatic sprinkler system is not provided.

F. A. Change Exception 2 of Section 705.2 to read:

2. Means of egress conforming to the requirements of the International Building Code building code under which the building was constructed shall be considered compliant means of egress.

G. B. Change Item 7 of Section 705.3.1.1 of the IEBC to read:

7. In Group R-2, H-4, H-5 and I occupancies and in rooming houses and childcare centers, a single exit is permitted in a one-story building with a maximum occupant load of 10 and the exit access travel distance does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). In dwelling units within Group R-2 buildings, an occupant load of 12 shall be permitted to be substituted for the occupant load established above and, in addition, staff of such family day homes shall not be counted for the purposes of establishing occupant loads.

13VAC5-63-436

13VAC5-63-436. Chapter 8 Alterations -- Level 3. (Repealed.)

A. Change Section 804.1 of the IEBC to read:

804.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in all work areas when required by Section 704.2 or by this section.

B. Change Section 804.1.2 of the IEBC to read:

804.1.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. Rubbish and linen chutes located in the work area shall be provided with sprinkler protection where protection or other approved fire suppression systems of the rubbish or linen chute would be required under the provisions of the International Building Code for new construction.

13VAC5-63-437

13VAC5-63-437. Chapter 9 Change of occupancy. (Repealed.)

Change Exception 4 of Section 912.4.1 of the IEBC to read:

4. Existing corridor walls constructed on both sides of wood lath and plaster in good condition or 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard shall be permitted. Such walls shall either terminate at the underside of a ceiling of equivalent construction or shall extend to the underside of the floor or roof next above.

13VAC5-63-440

13VAC5-63-440. Chapter 13 Performance compliance methods.

A. Change Section 1301.2 of the IEBC to read:

1301.2 Applicability. Work involving rehabilitation, additions, alterations or changes of occupancy shall be made to conform to the requirements of this chapter or the provisions of Chapters 4 through 12. The provisions in Sections 1301.2.1 through 1301.2.5 shall apply to existing occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E, F, M, R, S and U. These provisions shall not apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H or I.

B. Add an exception to Section 1301.2.1 of the IEBC to read:

Exception: Plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems in buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall be subject to any applicable requirements of Section 103.3 of the Virginia Construction Code.

C. Change Section 1301.2.5 of the IEBC to read:

1301.2.5 Accessibility requirements. All portions of the buildings proposed for change of occupancy and all alterations to existing buildings shall conform to the applicable accessibility provisions of Section 310.

13VAC5-63-450

Part III
Maintenance

13VAC5-63-450. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General.

A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, Part III, Maintenance, may be cited as the Virginia Maintenance Code.

B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 8 of the 2006 2009 International Property Maintenance Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated by reference to be an enforceable part of the Virginia Maintenance Code. The term "IPMC" means the 2006 2009 International Property Maintenance Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc. Any codes and standards referenced in the IPMC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes and standards are used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference.

C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is used in the Virginia Maintenance Code to correlate the numbering system of the Virginia Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IPMC. IPMC numbering system designations are provided in the catch-lines of the Virginia Administrative Code sections and cross references between sections or chapters of the Virginia Maintenance Code use only the IPMC numbering system designations. The term "chapter" is used in the context of the numbering system of the IPMC and may mean a chapter in the Virginia Maintenance Code, a chapter in the IPMC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on the context of the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly indicated.

D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The Virginia Maintenance Code is comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1, Administration, which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC, which are incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IPMC which are specifically identified. The terminology "changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IPMC which are specifically identified" shall also be referred to as the "state amendments to the IPMC." Such state amendments to the IPMC are set out using corresponding chapter and section numbers of the IPMC numbering system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IPMC is not incorporated as part of the Virginia Maintenance Code, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1 of the IPMC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC is generally invalid. However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly correspond to a provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference may be construed to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1 provision.

E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term "this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC or in the state amendments to the IPMC means the Virginia Maintenance Code, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "this code," or "the code," where used in a code or standard referenced in the IPMC means that code or standard, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "USBC" where used in this code means Part I of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Construction Code," unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, the use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information only and shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code provision. Notes in the IPMC, in the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC and in the state amendments to the IPMC may modify the content of a related provision and shall be considered to be a valid part of the provision, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC and any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC. In addition, the state amendments to the IPMC supersede any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC and any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC. Further, the provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC supersede any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC.

G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not limited to provisions relating to the scope of the code, enforcement, fees, permits, inspections and disputes. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC or any provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC which address the same subject matter to a lesser or greater extent are deleted and replaced by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative requirements contained in the state amendments to the IPMC shall be given the same precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above, where administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC or of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC are specifically identified as valid administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state amendments to the IPMC, then such requirements are not deleted and replaced.

Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap, conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative, procedural and enforcement requirements of this code.

H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid.

Note: The order of precedence outlined in Section 101.6 may be determinative in establishing how to apply the definitions in the IPMC and in the referenced codes and standards.

13VAC5-63-480

13VAC5-63-480. Section 104 Enforcement, generally.

A. Section 104.1 Scope of enforcement. In This section establishes the requirements for enforcement of this code in accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, the. The local governing body may also inspect and enforce the provisions of the USBC for existing buildings and structures, whether occupied or not. Such inspection and enforcement shall be carried out by an agency or department designated by the local governing body.

If the local building department receives a complaint that a violation of this code exists that is an immediate and imminent threat to the health or safety of the owner or tenant of a residential dwelling unit or a nearby residential dwelling unit, and the owner or tenant of the residential dwelling unit that is the subject of the complaint has refused to allow the code official or his agent to have access to the subject dwelling, the code official or his agent may present sworn testimony to amagistrate or ] court of competent jurisdiction and request that themagistrate or ] court grant the code official or his agent an inspection warrant to enable the code official or his agent to enter the subject dwelling for the purpose of determining whether violations of this code exist. The code official or his agent shall make a reasonable effort to obtain consent from the owner or tenant of the subject dwelling prior to seeking the issuance of an inspection warrant under this section.

Note: Generally, official action must be taken by the local government to enforce the Virginia Maintenance Code. Consultation with the legal counsel of the jurisdiction when initiating or changing such action is advised.

B. Section 104.1.1 Transfer of ownership. If In accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, if the local building department has initiated an enforcement action against the owner of a building or structure and such owner subsequently transfers the ownership of the building or structure to an entity in which the owner holds an ownership interest greater than 50%, the pending enforcement action shall continue to be enforced against the owner.

C. Section 104.2 Fees. In accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, fees may be levied by the local governing body in order to defray the cost of enforcement and appeals.

D. Section 104.3 State buildings. In accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia, this code shall be applicable to state-owned buildings and structures. Acting through the Division of Engineering and Buildings, the Department of General Services shall function as the building official for state-owned buildings.

E. Section 104.3.1 Certification of state enforcement personnel. State enforcement personnel shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sections 104.4.2 through 104.4.4 for certification, periodic maintenance training, and continuing education.

E. F. Section 104.4 Local enforcing agency. In jurisdictions enforcing this code, the local governing body shall designate the agency within the local government responsible for such enforcement and appoint a code official. The local governing body may also utilize technical assistants to assist the code official in the enforcement of this code. A permanently appointed code official shall not be removed from office except for cause after having been afforded a full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant charges by and before the appointing authority. DHCD shall be notified by the appointing authority within 30 days of the appointment or release of a permanent or acting code official and within 60 days after retaining or terminating a technical assistant.

Note: Code officials and technical assistants are subject to sanctions in accordance with the VCS.

F. G. Section 104.4.1 Qualifications of code official and technical assistants. The code official shall have at least five years of building experience as a licensed professional engineer or architect, building, fire or trade inspector, contractor, housing inspector or superintendent of building, fire or trade construction or at lease five years of building experience after obtaining a degree in architecture or engineering, with at least three years in responsible charge of work. Any combination of education and experience that would confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement. The code official shall have general knowledge of sound engineering practice in respect to the design and construction of structures, the basic principles of fire prevention, the accepted requirements for means of egress and the installation of elevators and other service equipment necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the occupants and the public. The local governing body may establish additional qualification requirements.

A technical assistant shall have at least three years of experience and general knowledge in at least one of the following areas: building construction, building, fire or housing inspections, plumbing, electrical or mechanical trades, fire protection, elevators or property maintenance work. Any combination of education and experience which would confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement. The locality may establish additional certification requirements.

G. H. Section 104.4.2 Certification of code official and technical assistants. An acting or permanent code official shall be certified as a code official in accordance with the VCS within one year after being appointed as acting or permanent code official. A technical assistant shall be certified in the appropriate subject area within 18 months after becoming a technical assistant. When required by a locality to have two or more certifications, a technical assistant shall obtain the additional certifications within three years from the date of such requirement.

Exception: A code official or technical assistant in place prior to April 1, 1995, shall not be required to meet the certification requirements in this section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in the same locality.

H. I. Section 104.4.3 Noncertified code official. Except for a code official exempt from certification under the exception to Section 104.4.2, any acting or permanent code official who is not certified as a code official in accordance with the VCS shall attend the core module of the Virginia Building Code Academy or an equivalent course in an individual or regional code academy accredited by DHCD within 180 days of appointment. This requirement is in addition to meeting the certification requirement in Section 104.4.2.

I. J. Section 104.4.4 Continuing Requirements for periodic maintenance training and education requirements. Code officials and technical assistants shall attend 16 hours every two years of continuing education and periodic maintenance training courses approved or required as designated by DHCD. Additional In addition to the periodic maintenance training required above, code officials and technical assistants shall attend 16 hours of continuing education hours shall not be required if more than one every two years as approved by DHCD. If a code official or technical assistant possesses more than one BHCD certificate is held, the 16 hours shall satisfy the continuing education requirement for all BHCD certificates.

J. K. Section 104.4.5 Conflict of interest. The standards of conduct for code officials and technical assistants shall be in accordance with the provisions of the State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act, Chapter 31 (§ 2.2-3100 et seq.) of Title 2.2 of the Code of Virginia.

K. L. Section 104.4.6 Records. The local enforcing agency shall retain a record of applications received, permits, certificates, notices and orders issued, fees collected and reports of inspections in accordance with The Library of Virginia's General Schedule Number Six.

L. M. Section 104.5 Powers and duties, generally. The code official shall enforce this code as set out herein and as interpreted by the State Review Board and shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with the code.

M. N. Section 104.5.1 Delegation of authority. The code official may delegate powers and duties except where such authority is limited by the local government. When such delegations are made, the code official shall be responsible for assuring that they are carried out in accordance with the provisions of this code.

N. O. Section 104.5.2 Issuance of modifications. Upon written application by an owner or an owner's agent, the code official may approve a modification of any provision of this code provided the spirit and intent of the code are observed and public health, welfare and safety are assured. The decision of the code official concerning a modification shall be made in writing and the application for a modification and the decision of the code official concerning such modification shall be retained in the permanent records of the local enforcing agency.

O. P. Section 104.5.2.1 Substantiation of modification. The code official may require or may consider a statement from a professional engineer, architect or other person competent in the subject area of the application as to the equivalency of the proposed modification.

P. Q. Section 104.5.3 Inspections. The code official may inspect buildings or structures to determine compliance with this code and shall carry proper credentials when performing such inspections.

Q. R. Section 104.5.4 Notices, reports and orders. Upon findings by the code official that violations of this code exist, the code official shall issue a correction notice or notice of violation to the owner or the person responsible for the maintenance of the structure. Work done to correct violations of this code subject to the permit, inspection and approval provisions of the Virginia Construction Code shall not be construed as authorization to extend the time limits established for compliance with this code.

R. S. Section 104.5.4.1 Correction notice. The correction notice shall be a written notice of the defective conditions. The correction notice shall require correction of the violation or violations within a reasonable time unless an emergency condition exists as provided under the unsafe building provisions of Section 105. Upon request, the correction notice shall reference the code section that serves as the basis for the defects and shall state that such defects shall be corrected and reinspected in a reasonable time designated by the code official.

S. T. Section 104.5.4.2 Notice of violation. If the code official determines there are violations of this code other than those for unsafe structures, unsafe equipment or structures unfit for human occupancy under Section 105, the code official may issue a notice of violation to be communicated promptly in writing to the owner or the person responsible for the maintenance or use of the building or structure in lieu of a correction notice as provided for in Section 104.5.4.1. In addition, the code official shall issue a notice of violation for any uncorrected violation remaining from a correction notice established in Section 104.5.4.1. A notice of violation shall be issued by the code official before initiating legal proceedings unless the conditions violate the unsafe building conditions of Section 105 and the provisions established therein are followed. The code official shall provide the section numbers to the owner for any code provision cited in the notice of violation. The notice shall require correction of the violation or violations within a reasonable time unless an emergency condition exists as provided under the building provisions of Section 105. The owner or person to whom the notice of violation has been issued shall be responsible for contacting the code official within the time frame established for any reinspections to assure the violations have been corrected. The code official will be responsible for making such inspection and verifying the violations have been corrected. In addition, the notice of violation shall indicate the right of appeal by referencing the appeals section of this code.

T. U. Section 104.5.5 Coordination of inspections. The code official shall coordinate inspections and administrative orders with any other state or local agencies having related inspection authority and shall coordinate those inspections required by the Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code (13VAC5-51) for maintenance of fire protection devices, equipment and assemblies so that the owners and occupants will not be subjected to numerous inspections or conflicting orders.

Note: The Fire Prevention Code requires the fire official to coordinate such inspections with the code official.

U. V. Section 104.5.6 Further action when violation not corrected. If the responsible party has not complied with the notice of violation, the code official shall submit a written request to the legal counsel of the locality to institute the appropriate legal proceedings to restrain, correct or abate the violation or to require the removal or termination of the use of the building or structure involved. In cases where the locality so authorizes, the code official may issue or obtain a summons or warrant.

V. W. Section 104.5.7 Penalties and abatement. Penalties for violations of this code shall be as set out in § 36-106 of the Code of Virginia. The successful prosecution of a violation of the code shall not preclude the institution of appropriate legal action to require correction or abatement of a violation.

13VAC5-63-490

 [ 13VAC5-63-490. Section 105 Unsafe structures or structures unfit for human occupancy.

A. Section 105.1 General. This section shall apply to existing buildings or structures which are classified as unsafe or unfit for human occupancy. All conditions causing such structures to be classified as unsafe or unfit for human occupancy shall be remedied or as an alternative to correcting such conditions, the structure may be vacated and secured against public entry or razed and removed. Vacant and secured structures shall still be subject to other applicable requirements of this code. Notwithstanding the above, when the code official determines that an unsafe structure or a structure unfit for human occupancy constitutes such a hazard that it should be razed or removed, then the code official shall be permitted to order the demolition of such structures in accordance with applicable requirements of this code.

Note: Buildings or structures Structures which become unsafe during construction are regulated under the Virginia Construction Code.

B. Section 105.2 Inspection of unsafe or unfit structures. The code official shall inspect any structure reported or discovered as unsafe or unfit for human habitation and shall prepare a report to be filed in the records of the local enforcing agency and a copy issued to the owner. The report shall include the use of the structure and a description of the nature and extent of any conditions found.

C. Section 105.3 Unsafe conditions not related to maintenance. When the code official finds a condition that constitutes a serious and dangerous hazard to life or health in a building or structure constructed prior to the initial edition of the USBC and when that condition is of a cause other than improper maintenance or failure to comply with state or local building codes that were in effect when the building or structure was constructed, then the code official shall be permitted to order those minimum changes to the design or construction of the building or structure to remedy the condition.

D. Section 105.3.1 Limitation to requirements for retrofitting. In accordance with Section 103.2, this code does not generally provide for requiring the retrofitting of any building or structure. However, conditions may exist in buildings or structures constructed prior to the initial edition of the USBC because of faulty design or equipment that constitute a danger to life or health or a serious hazard. Any changes to the design or construction required by the code official under this section shall be only to remedy the serious hazard or danger to life or health and such changes shall not be required to fully comply with the requirements of the Virginia Construction Code applicable to newly constructed buildings or structures.

E. Section 105.4 Notice of unsafe structure or structure unfit for human occupancy. When a building or structure is determined to be unsafe or unfit for human occupancy by the code official, a written notice of unsafe structure or structure unfit for human occupancy shall be issued in person by personal service to the owner, the owner's agent or the person in control of such structure. The notice shall specify the corrections necessary to comply with this code, or if the structure is required to be demolished, the notice shall specify the time period within which the demolition must occur. Requirements in Section 104.5.4 for notices of violation are also applicable to notices issued under this section to the extent that any such requirements are not in conflict with the requirements of this section. In addition, the notice shall contain a statement requiring the person receiving to notice to either accept or reject the terms of the notice.

Note: Whenever possible, the notice should also be given to any tenants of the affected building structure.

F. Section 105.4.1 Vacating unsafe structure. If the code official determines there is actual and immediate danger to the occupants or public, or when life is endangered by the occupancy of an unsafe structure, the code official shall be authorized to order the occupants to immediately vacate the unsafe structure. When an unsafe structure is ordered to be vacated, the code official shall post a notice with the following wording at each entrance: "THIS STRUCTURE IS UNSAFE AND ITS OCCUPANCY (OR USE) IS PROHIBITED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL." After posting, occupancy of use of the unsafe structure shall be prohibited except when authorized to enter to conduct inspections, make required repairs or as necessary to demolish the structure.

G. Section 105.5 Posting of notice. If the notice is unable to be issued in person by personal service as required by Section 105.4, then the notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail to the last known address of the responsible party and a copy of the notice shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises.

G. H. Section 105.6 Posting of placard. In the case of a structure unfit for human habitation, at the time the notice is issued, a placard with the following wording shall be posted at the entrance to the building structure: "THIS STRUCTURE IS UNFIT FOR HABITATION AND ITS USE OR OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN PROHIBITED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL." In the case of an unsafe structure, if the notice is not complied with, a placard with the above wording shall be posted at the entrance to the building structure. After a building structure is placarded, entering the building structure shall be prohibited except as authorized by the code official to make inspections, to perform required repairs or to demolish the building structure. In addition, the placard shall not be removed until the building structure is determined by the code official to be safe to occupy, nor shall the placard be defaced.

H. I. Section 105.7 Revocation of certificate of occupancy. If a notice of unsafe structure or structure unfit for human habitation is not complied with within the time period stipulated on the notice, the code official shall be permitted to request the local building department to revoke the certificate of occupancy issued under the Virginia Construction Code.

I. J. Section 105.8 Vacant and open structures. When an unsafe structure or a structure unfit for human habitation is open for public entry at the time a placard is issued under Section 105.6, the code official shall be permitted to authorize the necessary work to make such structure secure against public entry whether or not legal action to compel compliance has been instituted.

J. K. Section 105.9 Emergency repairs and demolition. To the extent permitted by the locality, the code official may authorize emergency repairs to unsafe structures or structures unfit for human habitation when it is determined that there is an immediate danger of any portion of the unsafe structure or structure unfit for human habitation collapsing or falling and when life is endangered. Emergency repairs may also be authorized where there is a code violation resulting in the immediate serious and imminent threat to the life and safety of the occupants. The code official shall be permitted to authorize the necessary work to make the structure temporarily safe whether or not legal action to compel compliance has been instituted. In addition, whenever an owner of an unsafe structure or structure unfit for human habitation fails to comply with a notice to demolish issued under Section 105.4 in the time period stipulated, the code official shall be permitted to cause the structure to be demolished. In accordance with §§ 15.2-906 and 15.2-1115 of the Code of Virginia, the legal counsel of the locality may be requested to institute appropriate action against the property owner to recover the costs associated with any such emergency repairs or demolition and every such charge that remains unpaid shall constitute a lien against the property on which the emergency repairs or demolition were made and shall be enforceable in the same manner as provided in Articles 3 (§ 58.1-3490 et seq.) and 4 (§ 58.1-3965 et seq.) of Chapter 39 of Title 58.1 of the Code of Virginia.

Note: Code officials and local governing bodies should be aware that other statutes and court decisions may impact on matters relating to demolition, in particular whether newspaper publication is required if the owner cannot be located and whether the demolition order must be delayed until the owner has been given the opportunity for a hearing.

K. L. Section 105.10 Closing of streets. When necessary for public safety, the code official shall be permitted to order the temporary closing of sidewalks, streets, public ways or premises adjacent to unsafe or unfit structures and prohibit the use of such spaces. ]

13VAC5-63-500

13VAC5-63-500. Section 106 Appeals.

A. Section 106.1 Establishment of appeals board. In accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, there shall be established within each local enforcing agency a LBBCA. Whenever a county or a municipality does not have such a LBBCA, the local governing body shall enter into an agreement with the local governing body of another county or municipality or with some other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for such appeals resulting therefrom. Fees may be levied by the local governing body in order to defray the cost of such appeals. The LBBCA for hearing appeals under the Virginia Construction Code shall be permitted to serve as the appeals board required by this section.

B. Section 106.2 Membership of board. The LBBCA shall consist of at least five members appointed by the locality for a specific term of office established by written policy. Alternate members may be appointed to serve in the absence of any regular members and as such, shall have the full power and authority of the regular members. Regular and alternate members may be reappointed. Written records of current membership, including a record of the current chairman and secretary shall be maintained in the office of the locality. In order to provide continuity, the terms of the members may be of different length so that less than half will expire in any one-year period. The LBBCA shall meet at least once annually to assure a duly constituted board, appoint officers as necessary and receive such training on the code as may be appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality.

C. Section 106.3 Officers and qualifications of members. The LBBCA shall annually select one of its regular members to serve as chairman. When the chairman is not present at an appeal hearing, the members present shall select an acting chairman. The locality or the chief executive officer of the locality shall appoint a secretary to the LBBCA to maintain a detailed record of all proceedings. Members of the LBBCA shall be selected by the locality on the basis of their ability to render fair and competent decisions regarding application of the USBC and shall to the extent possible, represent different occupational or professional fields relating to the construction industry. At least one member should be an experienced builder; at least one member should be an RDP, and at least one member should be an experienced property manager. Employees or officials of the locality shall not serve as members of the LBBCA.

D. Section 106.4 Conduct of members. No member shall hear an appeal in which that member has a conflict of interest in accordance with the State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act (§ 2.2-3100 et seq. of the Code of Virginia). Members shall not discuss the substance of an appeal with any other party or their representatives prior to any hearings.

E. Section 106.5 Right of appeal; filing of appeal application. [ The owner of a building or structure, the owner's agent or any other person involved in the use of a building or structure may appeal a decision of the code official concerning the Any person aggrieved by the local enforcing agency's ] application of [ the ] this code [ to such building or structure and may also appeal a or the ] refusal [ by the code official ] to grant a modification to the provisions of this code [ pertaining to such building or structure may appeal to the LBBCA ]. The applicant shall submit a written request for appeal to the LBBCA within 14 calendar days of the receipt of the decision being appealed. The application shall contain the name and address of the owner of the building or structure and, in addition, the name and address of the person appealing, when the applicant is not the owner. A copy of the code official's decision shall be submitted along with the application for appeal and maintained as part of the record. The application shall be marked by the LBBCA to indicate the date received. Failure to submit an application for appeal within the time limit established by this section shall constitute acceptance of a code official's decision.

F. Section 106.6 Meetings and postponements. The LBBCA shall meet within 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of the application for appeal, except that a longer time period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal. A notice indicating the time and place of the hearing shall be sent to the parties in writing to the addresses listed on the application at least 14 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, except that a lesser time period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal. When a quorum of the LBBCA is not present at a hearing to hear an appeal, any party involved in the appeal shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing. The LBBCA shall reschedule the appeal within 30 calendar days of the postponement, except that a longer time period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal.

G. Section 106.7 Hearings and decision. All hearings before the LBBCA shall be open meetings and the appellant, the appellant's representative, the locality's representative and any person whose interests are affected by the code official's decision in question shall be given an opportunity to be heard. The chairman shall have the power and duty to direct the hearing, rule upon the acceptance of evidence and oversee the record of all proceedings. The LBBCA shall have the power to uphold, reverse or modify the decision of the official by a concurring vote of a majority of those present. Decisions of the LBBCA shall be final if no further appeal is made. The decision of the LBBCA shall be by resolution signed by the chairman and retained as part of the record of the appeal. Copies of the resolution shall be sent to all parties by certified mail. In addition, the resolution shall contain the following wording:

"Any person who was a party to the appeal may appeal to the State Review Board by submitting an application to such Board within 21 calendar days upon receipt by certified mail of this resolution. Application forms are available from the Office of the State Review Board, 501 North Second 600 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, (804) 371-7150."

H. Section 106.8 Appeals to the State Review Board. After final determination by the LBBCA in an appeal, any person who was a party to the appeal may further appeal to the State Review Board. In accordance with § 36-98.2 of the Code of Virginia for state-owned buildings and structures, appeals by an involved state agency from the decision of the code official for state-owned buildings or structures shall be made directly to the State Review Board. The application for appeal shall be made to the State Review Board within 21 calendar days of the receipt of the decision to be appealed. Failure to submit an application within that time limit shall constitute an acceptance of the code official's decision. For appeals from a LBBCA, a copy of the code official's decision and the resolution of the LBBCA shall be submitted with the application for appeal to the State Review Board. Upon request by the Office of the State Review Board, the LBBCA shall submit a copy of all pertinent information from the record of the appeal. In the case of appeals involving state-owned buildings or structures, the involved state agency shall submit a copy of the code official's decision and other relevant information with the application for appeal to the State Review Board. Procedures of the State Review Board are in accordance with Article 2 (§ 36-108 et seq.) of Chapter 6 of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia. Decisions of the State Review Board shall be final if no further appeal is made.

13VAC5-63-520

13VAC5-63-520. Chapter 3 General requirements.

A. Delete Section 302.1 of the IPMC.

B. Change Section 302.2 of the IPMC to read:

302.2 Grading and drainage. All premises shall be graded and maintained to protect the foundation walls or slab of the structure from the accumulation and drainage of surface or stagnant water in accordance with the Virginia Construction Code.

C. Change Section 302.3 of the IPMC to read:

Sidewalks and driveways. All sidewalks, walkways, stairs, driveways, parking spaces and similar spaces regulated under the Virginia Construction Code shall be kept in a proper state of repair, and maintained free from hazardous conditions. Stairs shall comply with the requirements of Sections 305 and 702.

D. Delete Section 302.4 of the IPMC.

E. Change Section 302.5 of the IPMC to read:

302.5 Rodent harborage. All structures and adjacent premises shall be kept free from rodent harborage and infestation where such harborage or infestation adversely affects the structures.

F. Delete Sections 302.8 and 302.9 of the IPMC.

G. [ Delete Section 304.1.1 of the IPMC.

H. ] Change Section 304.7 of the IPMC to read:

304.7 Roofs and drainage. The roof and flashing shall be sound, tight and not have defects that admit rain. Roof drainage shall be adequate to prevent dampness or deterioration in the walls or interior portion of the structure. Roof drains, gutters and downspouts shall be maintained in good repair and free from obstructions. Roof water shall be discharged in a manner to protect the foundation or slab of buildings and structures from the accumulation of roof drainage.

H. I. ] Change Section 304.14 of the IPMC to read:

304.14 Insect screens. During the period from April 1 to December 1, every door, window and other outside opening required for ventilation of habitable rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas or any areas where products to be included or utilized in food for human consumption are processed, manufactured, packaged or stored, shall be supplied with approved tightly fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device in good working condition.

Exception: Screens shall not be required where other approved means, such as mechanical ventilation, air curtains or insect repellant fans, are used.

I. J. ] Delete Sections 304.18, 304.18.1, 304.18.2 and 304.18.3 of the IPMC.

J. K. Delete Section 305.1.1 of the IPMC.

L. ] Add Section 305.7 to the IPMC to read:

305.7 [ Lead-based paint. Interior and exterior painted surfaces of dwellings and child care facilities, including fences and outbuildings, that contain lead levels equal to or greater than 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or in excess of 0.50% lead by weight shall be maintained in a condition free from peeling, chipping and flaking paint or removed or covered in an approved manner. Any surface to be covered shall first be identified by approved warning as to the lead content of such surface. Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be maintained as approved.

K. M. Delete Section 306 of the IPMC in its entirety.

N. ] Change Section 307.1 308.1 of the IPMC to read as follows and delete the remaining provisions of Section 307 308:

307.1 308.1 Accumulation of rubbish and garbage. The interior of every structure shall be free from excessive accumulation of rubbish or garbage.

L. O. ] Change Section 308.1 309.1 of the IPMC to read:

308.1 309.1 Infestation. This section shall apply to the extent that insect and rodent infestation adversely affects a structure. All structures shall be kept free from insect and rodent infestation. All structures in which insects or rodents are found shall be promptly exterminated by approved processes that will not be injurious to human health. After extermination, proper precautions shall be taken to prevent reinfestation.

P. Add IPMC Section 310 Lead-Based Paint.

Q. Add Section 310.1 to the IPMC to read:

310.1 General. Interior and exterior painted surfaces of dwellings and child care facilities, including fences and outbuildings, that contain lead levels equal to or greater than 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or in excess of 0.50% lead by weight shall be maintained in a condition free from peeling, chipping and flaking paint or removed or covered in an approved manner. Any surface to be covered shall first be identified by approved warning as to the lead content of such surface.

R. Add IPMC Section 311 Aboveground Liquid Fertilizer Storage Tanks (ALFSTs).

S. Add Section 311.1 to the IPMC to read:

311.1 General. ALFSTs shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of Section 3413.16 of the Virginia Construction Code and the requirements of the Virginia Construction Code applicable to such ALFSTs when newly constructed, undergoing a change of occupancy to an ALFST and when repaired, altered or reconstructed, including the requirements for inspections and for a secondary containment system. ]

13VAC5-63-530

13VAC5-63-530. Chapter 5 Plumbing facilities and fixture requirements.

A. Add Section 505.5 to the IPMC to read:

505.5 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention assemblies. Inspection and testing shall comply with Sections 505.5.1 and 505.5.2.

B. Add Section 505.5.1 to the IPMC to read:

505.5.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be made of all backflow prevention assemblies and air gaps to determine whether they are operable.

C. Add Section 505.5.2 to the IMPC to read:

505.5.2 Testing. Reduced pressure principle backflow preventer assemblies, double check-valve assemblies, double-detector check valve assemblies and pressure vacuum breaker assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, immediately after repairs or relocation and at least annually. The testing procedure shall be performed in accordance with one of the following standards: ASSE 5010-1013-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-2; ASSE 5010-1015-3, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-4, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1020-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1047-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-2; ASSE 5010-1048-3, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-4, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; or CAN/CSA B64.10.

D. Change Section 506.3 of the IPMC to read:

506.3 Grease interceptors. Grease interceptors, grease traps, and automatic grease removal devices shall be maintained in accordance with this code and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Grease interceptors, grease traps, and automatic grease removal devices shall be regularly serviced and cleaned to prevent the discharge of oil, grease, and other substances harmful or hazardous to the building drainage system, the public sewer, the private sewage disposal system, or the sewage treatment plant or processes. All records of maintenance, cleaning, and repairs shall be available for inspection by the code official.

D. E. Change Section 507.1 of the IPMC to read:

507.1 General. Drainage of roofs and paved areas, yards and courts, and other open areas on the premises shall be discharged in a manner to protect the buildings and structures from the accumulation of overland water runoff.

13VAC5-63-540

13VAC5-63-540. Chapter 6 Mechanical and electrical requirements.

A. Change Section 602 of the IPMC to read:

Section 602 Heating and Cooling Facilities.

B. Change Section 602.1 of the IPMC to read:

602.1 Facilities required. Heating and cooling facilities shall be maintained and operated in structures as required by this section.

C. Change Section 602.2 of the IPMC to read:

602.2 Heat supply. Every owner and operator of any building who rents, leases or lets one or more dwelling unit, rooming unit, dormitory or guestroom on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish heat to the occupants thereof shall supply heat during the period from October 15 to May 1 to maintain a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) in all habitable rooms, bathrooms, and toilet rooms.

Exception: When the outdoor temperature is below the winter outdoor design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the minimum room temperature shall not be required provided that the heating system is operating at its full design capacity. The winter outdoor design temperature for the locality shall be as indicated in Appendix D of the International Plumbing Code.

D. Add Section 602.2.1 to the IPMC to read:

602.2.1 Prohibited use. In dwelling units subject to Section 602.2, one or more unvented room heaters shall not be used as the sole source of comfort heat in a dwelling unit.

E. Change Section 602.3 of the IPMC to read:

602.3 Occupiable work spaces. Indoor occupiable work spaces shall be supplied with heat during the period from October 1 to May 15 to maintain a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during the period the spaces are occupied.

Exceptions:

1. Processing, storage and operation areas that require cooling or special temperature conditions.

2. Areas in which persons are primarily engaged in vigorous physical activities.

F. Change Section 602.4 of the IPMC to read:

602.4 Cooling supply. Every owner and operator of a Group R-2 apartment building who rents, leases or lets one or more dwelling units, rooming units or guestrooms on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish cooling to the occupants thereof shall supply cooling during the period from May 15 to October 1 to maintain a temperature of not more than 80°F (27°C) in all habitable rooms.

Exception: When the outdoor temperature is higher than the summer design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the room temperature shall not be required provided that the cooling system is operating at its full design capacity. The summer outdoor design temperature for the locality shall be as indicated in the International Energy Conservation Code.

G. Change the exception to Section 604.3.1.1 of the IPMC to read:

Exception: The following equipment shall be allowed to be repaired or reused where an inspection report from the equipment manufacturer, an approved representative of the equipment manufacturer, a third party licensed or certified electrician, or an electrical engineer indicates that the exposed equipment has not sustained damage that requires replacement:

1. Enclosed switches, rated 600 volts or less;

2. Busway, rated 600 volts or less;

3. Panelboards, rated 600 volts or less;

4. Switchboards, rated 600 volts or less;

5. Fire pump controllers, rated 600 volts or less;

6. Manual and magnetic motor controllers;

7. Motor control centers;

8. Alternating current high-voltage circuit breakers;

9. Low-voltage power circuit breakers;

10. Protective relays, meters and current transformers;

11. Low- and medium-voltage switchgear;

12. Liquid-filled transformers;

13. Cast-resin transformers;

14. Wire or cable that is suitable for wet locations and whose ends have not been exposed to water;

15. Wire or cable, not containing fillers, that is suitable for wet locations and whose ends have not been exposed to water;

16. Luminaires that are listed as submersible;

17. Motors;

18. Electronic control, signaling and communication equipment.

G. Add H. Change Section 606.3 606.1 to the IPMC to read:

606.3 Inspection standard 606.1 General. Elevators, dumbwaiters and escalators shall be maintained in compliance with ASME A17.1. The most current certificate of inspection shall be on display at all times within the elevator or attached to the escalator or dumbwaiter, be available for public inspection in the office of the building operator or be posted in a publicly conspicuous location approved by the code official. An annual periodic inspection and test is required of elevators and escalators. A locality shall be permitted to require a six-month periodic inspection and test. All periodic inspections shall be performed in accordance with Section 8.11 of ASME A17.1. The code official may also provide for such inspection by an approved agency or through agreement with other local certified elevator inspectors. An approved agency includes any individual, partnership or corporation who has met the certification requirements established by the VCS.

13VAC5-63-9999

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (13VAC5-63)

International Building Code - 2006 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc., 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070.

International Energy Conservation Code - 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc. ]

International Existing Building Code - 2006 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc.

International Fire Code - 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc.

International Fuel Gas Code - 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc.

International Mechanical Code - 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc. ]

International Property Maintenance Code - 2006 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc.

International Plumbing Code - 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc.

International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings - 2009 Edition, International Code Council, Inc. ]

ACI 318 - 05, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, American Concrete Institute, 38800 Country Club Drive, Farmington Hills, MI 48333.

ACI 332 - 04, Requirements for Residential Concrete Construction, American Concrete Institute, 38800 Country Club Drive, Farmington Hills, MI 48333.

ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 - 05, Specifications for Masonry Structures, American Concrete Institute, 38800 Country Club Drive, Farmington Hills, MI 48333; American Society of Civil Engineers, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191; or The Masonry Society, 3970 Broadway, Suite 201-D, Boulder, CO 80304.

AISI S230-07 W/S2-08, Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings, 2007 Edition with Supplement 2, American Iron and Steel Institute, 1140 Connecticut Avenue NW, Suite 705, Washington, DC 20036.

ANSI/AF&PA WCFM-2001, Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings, 2001 Edition, Approved October 11, 2001, American Forest and Paper Association, 1111 19th St. NW, Suite 800, Washington, DC 20036. ]

ANSI/NSPI-1 2003, American National Standard for Public Swimming Pools, National Spa and Pool Institute, 2111 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22314.

ANSI/NSPI-2 1999, American National Standard for Public Spas, National Spa and Pool Institute, 2111 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22314.

API 650-09, Welded Tanks for Oil Storage, Eleventh Edition, June 2007 (Addendum 1, November 2008, Addendum 2, November 2009, effective May 1, 2010), American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070.

API 653-09, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction, American Petroleum Institute. ]

ASTM E329-02, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction, American Society of Testing Materials International, 100 Barr Harbor Dr., P.O. Box C700, West Conshocken, PA 19428-2959.

ASTM D1557-00, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)), ASTM International.

ASTM E90-90, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions, ASTM International.

CAN/CSA-B64.10-01, Manual for the Selection and Installation of Backflow Prevention Devices/Manual for the Maintenance and Field Testing of Backflow Prevention Devices, June 2003, National Standards of Canada.

ASME A17.1-2007/ CSA B44-07 ], Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

ASME A17.1a-2008 / CSA B44a-08, Addenda to ASME A17.1-2007 / CSA B44-07, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

ASME A17.1b-2009 / CSA B44b-09, Addenda to ASME A17.1-2007 / CSA B44-07, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990. ]

ASME A90.1-97, Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

ASME B20.1-00, Safety Standard for Conveyors and Related Equipment, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

ASSE 1010-98, Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arrestors, American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 901 Canterbury Road, Suite A, Westlake, OH 44145.

ASSE 5010-1013-1, Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1015-1, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1015-2, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and Low-Pressure Hose Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1015-3, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High Pressure Hose Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE [ 5010-1015-5 5010-1015-4 ], Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1020-1, Field Test Procedures for a Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1047-1, Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1048-1, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1048-2, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and Low-Pressure Hose Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1048-3, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High-Pressure Hose Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ASSE 5010-1048-4, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering.

ANSI/ALI ALCTV-98, Standard for Automobile Lifts - Safety Requirements for Construction, Testing and Validation (ANSI), Automotive Lift Institute, P.O. Box 33116, Indialantic, FL 32903-3116.

NCMA TR68-A-75, Design and Construction of Plain and Reinforced Concrete Masonry and Basement and Foundation Walls, National Concrete Masonry Association, 2302 Horse Pen Road, Herndon, VA 20171.

ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, Approved November 26, 2003, International Code Council, 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070.

ICC 600-2008, Standard for Residential Construction in High-Wind Regions, Approved August 6, 2008, International Code Council, Inc. ]

SEI/ASCE 7-02, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400.

NFPA 13-07, Installation of Sprinkler Systems, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

NFPA 13D-07, [ Standard for the ] Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

NFPA 13R-07, Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies Up to and Including Four Stories in Height, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

NFPA 14-07, Installation of Standpipe and Hose System, NFPA 13-07, Installation of Sprinkler Systems, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

NFPA 70-05, National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

NFPA 72-07, National Fire Alarm Code, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

NFPA 70-08, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. ]

NFPA 495-01, Explosive Materials Code, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

[ NFPA 704-07, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. ]

TFI RMIP-09, Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid Fertilizer, Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices, December 2009, The Fertilizer Institute, 820 First Street, NE, Suite 430, Washington, DC 20002.

UL 2034-08, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms, Third Edition, February 28, 2008, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062. ]